1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 14 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 15 #include <linux/list.h> 16 #include <linux/bug.h> 17 #include <linux/netlink.h> 18 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 19 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 20 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 21 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 22 #include <linux/net.h> 23 #include <net/regulatory.h> 24 25 /** 26 * DOC: Introduction 27 * 28 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 29 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 30 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 31 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 32 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 33 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 34 * 35 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 36 * use restrictions. 37 */ 38 39 40 /** 41 * DOC: Device registration 42 * 43 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 44 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 45 * described below. 46 * 47 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 48 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 49 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 50 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 51 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 52 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 53 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 54 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 55 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 56 * 57 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 58 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 59 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 60 */ 61 62 struct wiphy; 63 64 /* 65 * wireless hardware capability structures 66 */ 67 68 /** 69 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 70 * 71 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 72 * 73 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 74 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 75 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 78 * is not permitted. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 80 * is not permitted. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 83 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 84 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 85 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 86 * restrictions. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 95 * on this channel. 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 97 * on this channel. 98 * 99 */ 100 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 101 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 102 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 103 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 104 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 105 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 106 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 107 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 110 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 111 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 112 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 113 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 114 }; 115 116 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 117 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 118 119 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 120 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 121 122 /** 123 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 124 * 125 * This structure describes a single channel for use 126 * with cfg80211. 127 * 128 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 129 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 130 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 131 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 132 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 133 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 134 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 135 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 136 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 137 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 138 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 139 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 140 * @orig_mag: internal use 141 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 142 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 143 * on this channel. 144 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 145 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 146 */ 147 struct ieee80211_channel { 148 enum nl80211_band band; 149 u32 center_freq; 150 u16 hw_value; 151 u32 flags; 152 int max_antenna_gain; 153 int max_power; 154 int max_reg_power; 155 bool beacon_found; 156 u32 orig_flags; 157 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 158 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 159 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 160 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 161 }; 162 163 /** 164 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 165 * 166 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 167 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 168 * different bands/PHY modes. 169 * 170 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 171 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 172 * with CCK rates. 173 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 174 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 175 * core code when registering the wiphy. 176 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 177 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 178 * core code when registering the wiphy. 179 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 180 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 181 * core code when registering the wiphy. 182 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 183 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 184 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 185 */ 186 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 187 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 188 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 189 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 190 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 191 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 192 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 193 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 194 }; 195 196 /** 197 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 198 * 199 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 200 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 201 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 204 */ 205 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 206 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 207 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 208 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 209 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 211 }; 212 213 /** 214 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 215 * 216 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 217 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 218 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 219 */ 220 enum ieee80211_privacy { 221 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 222 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 223 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 224 }; 225 226 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 227 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 228 229 /** 230 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 231 * 232 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 233 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 234 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 235 * passed around. 236 * 237 * @flags: rate-specific flags 238 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 239 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 240 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 241 * short preamble is used 242 */ 243 struct ieee80211_rate { 244 u32 flags; 245 u16 bitrate; 246 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 247 }; 248 249 /** 250 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 251 * 252 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 253 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 254 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 255 */ 256 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 257 bool enable; 258 u8 min_offset; 259 u8 max_offset; 260 }; 261 262 /** 263 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 264 * 265 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 266 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 267 * 268 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 269 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 270 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 271 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 272 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 273 */ 274 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 275 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 276 bool ht_supported; 277 u8 ampdu_factor; 278 u8 ampdu_density; 279 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 280 }; 281 282 /** 283 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 284 * 285 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 286 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 287 * 288 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 289 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 290 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 291 */ 292 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 293 bool vht_supported; 294 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 295 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 296 }; 297 298 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 299 300 /** 301 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 302 * 303 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 304 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 305 * 306 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 307 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 308 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 309 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 310 */ 311 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 312 bool has_he; 313 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 314 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 315 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 316 }; 317 318 /** 319 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data 320 * 321 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 322 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 323 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 324 * 325 * @types_mask: interface types mask 326 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 327 */ 328 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 329 u16 types_mask; 330 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 331 }; 332 333 /** 334 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 335 * 336 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 337 * is able to operate in. 338 * 339 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in 340 * in this band. 341 * @band: the band this structure represents 342 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 343 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 344 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 345 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 346 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 347 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 348 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 349 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 350 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 351 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 352 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 353 * iftype_data). 354 */ 355 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 356 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 357 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 358 enum nl80211_band band; 359 int n_channels; 360 int n_bitrates; 361 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 362 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 363 u16 n_iftype_data; 364 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 365 }; 366 367 /** 368 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 369 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 370 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 371 * 372 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 373 */ 374 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 375 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 376 u8 iftype) 377 { 378 int i; 379 380 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 381 return NULL; 382 383 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 384 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 385 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 386 387 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 388 return data; 389 } 390 391 return NULL; 392 } 393 394 /** 395 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 396 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 397 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 398 * 399 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 400 */ 401 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 402 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 403 u8 iftype) 404 { 405 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 406 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 407 408 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 409 return &data->he_cap; 410 411 return NULL; 412 } 413 414 /** 415 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA 416 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 417 * 418 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 419 */ 420 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 421 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband) 422 { 423 return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION); 424 } 425 426 /** 427 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 428 * 429 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 430 * 431 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 432 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 433 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 434 * 435 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 436 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 437 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 438 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 439 * without affecting other devices. 440 * 441 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 442 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 443 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 444 */ 445 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 446 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 447 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 448 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 449 { 450 } 451 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 452 453 454 /* 455 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 456 */ 457 458 /** 459 * DOC: Actions and configuration 460 * 461 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 462 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 463 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 464 * operations use are described separately. 465 * 466 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 467 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 468 * 469 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 470 * in a separate chapter. 471 */ 472 473 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 474 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 475 476 /** 477 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 478 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 479 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 480 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 481 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 482 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 483 * determine the address as needed. 484 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 485 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 486 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 487 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 488 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 489 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 490 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 491 */ 492 struct vif_params { 493 u32 flags; 494 int use_4addr; 495 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 496 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 497 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 498 }; 499 500 /** 501 * struct key_params - key information 502 * 503 * Information about a key 504 * 505 * @key: key material 506 * @key_len: length of key material 507 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 508 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 509 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 510 * length given by @seq_len. 511 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 512 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 513 */ 514 struct key_params { 515 const u8 *key; 516 const u8 *seq; 517 int key_len; 518 int seq_len; 519 u32 cipher; 520 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 521 }; 522 523 /** 524 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 525 * @chan: the (control) channel 526 * @width: channel width 527 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 528 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 529 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 530 */ 531 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 532 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 533 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 534 u32 center_freq1; 535 u32 center_freq2; 536 }; 537 538 /** 539 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 540 * @chandef: the channel definition 541 * 542 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 543 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 544 */ 545 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 546 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 547 { 548 switch (chandef->width) { 549 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 550 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 551 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 552 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 553 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 554 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 555 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 556 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 557 default: 558 WARN_ON(1); 559 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 560 } 561 } 562 563 /** 564 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 565 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 566 * @channel: the control channel 567 * @chantype: the channel type 568 * 569 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 570 */ 571 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 572 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 573 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 574 575 /** 576 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 577 * @chandef1: first channel definition 578 * @chandef2: second channel definition 579 * 580 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 581 * identical, %false otherwise. 582 */ 583 static inline bool 584 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 585 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 586 { 587 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 588 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 589 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 590 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 591 } 592 593 /** 594 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 595 * @chandef1: first channel definition 596 * @chandef2: second channel definition 597 * 598 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 599 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 600 */ 601 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 602 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 603 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 604 605 /** 606 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 607 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 608 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 609 */ 610 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 611 612 /** 613 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 614 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 615 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 616 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 617 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 618 */ 619 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 620 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 621 u32 prohibited_flags); 622 623 /** 624 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 625 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 626 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 627 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 628 * Returns: 629 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 630 */ 631 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 632 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 633 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 634 635 /** 636 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 637 * 638 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 639 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 640 * 641 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 642 * 643 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 644 */ 645 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 646 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 647 { 648 switch (chandef->width) { 649 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 650 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 651 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 652 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 653 default: 654 break; 655 } 656 return 0; 657 } 658 659 /** 660 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 661 * 662 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 663 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 664 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 665 * 666 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 667 * 668 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 669 */ 670 static inline int 671 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 672 { 673 switch (chandef->width) { 674 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 675 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 676 chandef->chan->max_power); 677 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 678 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 679 chandef->chan->max_power); 680 default: 681 break; 682 } 683 return chandef->chan->max_power; 684 } 685 686 /** 687 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 688 * 689 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 690 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 691 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 692 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 693 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 694 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 695 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 696 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 697 * 698 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 699 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 700 */ 701 enum survey_info_flags { 702 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 703 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 704 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 705 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 706 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 707 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 708 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 709 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 710 }; 711 712 /** 713 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 714 * 715 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 716 * record to report global statistics 717 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 718 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 719 * optional 720 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 721 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 722 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 723 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 724 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 725 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 726 * 727 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 728 * 729 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 730 * channel duty cycle etc. 731 */ 732 struct survey_info { 733 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 734 u64 time; 735 u64 time_busy; 736 u64 time_ext_busy; 737 u64 time_rx; 738 u64 time_tx; 739 u64 time_scan; 740 u32 filled; 741 s8 noise; 742 }; 743 744 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 745 746 /** 747 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 748 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 749 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 750 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 751 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 752 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 753 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 754 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 755 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 756 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 757 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 758 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 759 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 760 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 761 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 762 * protocol frames. 763 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 764 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 765 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 766 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 767 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 768 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 769 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 770 * offload) 771 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 772 */ 773 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 774 u32 wpa_versions; 775 u32 cipher_group; 776 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 777 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 778 int n_akm_suites; 779 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 780 bool control_port; 781 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 782 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 783 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 784 struct key_params *wep_keys; 785 int wep_tx_key; 786 const u8 *psk; 787 const u8 *sae_pwd; 788 u8 sae_pwd_len; 789 }; 790 791 /** 792 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 793 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 794 * or %NULL if not changed 795 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 796 * or %NULL if not changed 797 * @head_len: length of @head 798 * @tail_len: length of @tail 799 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 800 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 801 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 802 * frames or %NULL 803 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 804 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 805 * Response frames or %NULL 806 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 807 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 808 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 809 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 810 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 811 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 812 * (measurement type 8) 813 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 814 * Token (measurement type 11) 815 * @lci_len: LCI data length 816 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 817 */ 818 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 819 const u8 *head, *tail; 820 const u8 *beacon_ies; 821 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 822 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 823 const u8 *probe_resp; 824 const u8 *lci; 825 const u8 *civicloc; 826 s8 ftm_responder; 827 828 size_t head_len, tail_len; 829 size_t beacon_ies_len; 830 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 831 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 832 size_t probe_resp_len; 833 size_t lci_len; 834 size_t civicloc_len; 835 }; 836 837 struct mac_address { 838 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 839 }; 840 841 /** 842 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 843 * 844 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 845 * entry specified by mac_addr 846 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 847 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 848 */ 849 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 850 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 851 int n_acl_entries; 852 853 /* Keep it last */ 854 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 855 }; 856 857 /* 858 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 859 */ 860 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 861 struct { 862 u32 legacy; 863 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 864 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 865 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 866 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 867 }; 868 869 /** 870 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 871 * 872 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings 873 * 874 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication 875 */ 876 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { 877 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), 878 }; 879 880 /** 881 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 882 * 883 * Used to configure an AP interface. 884 * 885 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 886 * @beacon: beacon data 887 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 888 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 889 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 890 * user space) 891 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 892 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 893 * @crypto: crypto settings 894 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 895 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 896 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 897 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 898 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 899 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 900 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 901 * MAC address based access control 902 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 903 * networks. 904 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 905 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 906 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 907 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 908 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 909 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 910 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 911 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 912 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 913 */ 914 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 915 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 916 917 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 918 919 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 920 const u8 *ssid; 921 size_t ssid_len; 922 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 923 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 924 bool privacy; 925 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 926 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 927 int inactivity_timeout; 928 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 929 bool p2p_opp_ps; 930 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 931 bool pbss; 932 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 933 934 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 935 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 936 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 937 bool ht_required, vht_required; 938 bool twt_responder; 939 u32 flags; 940 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 941 }; 942 943 /** 944 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 945 * 946 * Used for channel switch 947 * 948 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 949 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 950 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 951 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 952 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 953 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 954 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 955 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 956 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 957 * @count: number of beacons until switch 958 */ 959 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 960 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 961 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 962 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 963 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 964 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 965 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 966 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 967 bool radar_required; 968 bool block_tx; 969 u8 count; 970 }; 971 972 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 973 974 /** 975 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 976 * 977 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 978 * 979 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 980 * to use for verification 981 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 982 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 983 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 984 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 985 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 986 * nl80211_iftype. 987 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 988 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 989 * the verification 990 */ 991 struct iface_combination_params { 992 int num_different_channels; 993 u8 radar_detect; 994 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 995 u32 new_beacon_int; 996 }; 997 998 /** 999 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1000 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1001 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1002 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1003 * 1004 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1005 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1006 */ 1007 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1008 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1009 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1010 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1011 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 1012 }; 1013 1014 /** 1015 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1016 * 1017 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1018 * 1019 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1020 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1021 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1022 * power per-interface or per-station. 1023 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1024 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1025 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1026 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1027 * per peer TPC. 1028 */ 1029 struct sta_txpwr { 1030 s16 power; 1031 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1032 }; 1033 1034 /** 1035 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1036 * 1037 * Used to change and create a new station. 1038 * 1039 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1040 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1041 * (or NULL for no change) 1042 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1043 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1044 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1045 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1046 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1047 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1048 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1049 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1050 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1051 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1052 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1053 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1054 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1055 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1056 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1057 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1058 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1059 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1060 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1061 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1062 * to unknown) 1063 * @capability: station capability 1064 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1065 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1066 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1067 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1068 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1069 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1070 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1071 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1072 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1073 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1074 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1075 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1076 */ 1077 struct station_parameters { 1078 const u8 *supported_rates; 1079 struct net_device *vlan; 1080 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1081 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1082 int listen_interval; 1083 u16 aid; 1084 u16 peer_aid; 1085 u8 supported_rates_len; 1086 u8 plink_action; 1087 u8 plink_state; 1088 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1089 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1090 u8 uapsd_queues; 1091 u8 max_sp; 1092 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1093 u16 capability; 1094 const u8 *ext_capab; 1095 u8 ext_capab_len; 1096 const u8 *supported_channels; 1097 u8 supported_channels_len; 1098 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1099 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1100 u8 opmode_notif; 1101 bool opmode_notif_used; 1102 int support_p2p_ps; 1103 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1104 u8 he_capa_len; 1105 u16 airtime_weight; 1106 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1107 }; 1108 1109 /** 1110 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1111 * 1112 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1113 * 1114 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1115 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1116 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1117 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1118 */ 1119 struct station_del_parameters { 1120 const u8 *mac; 1121 u8 subtype; 1122 u16 reason_code; 1123 }; 1124 1125 /** 1126 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1127 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1128 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1129 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1130 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1131 * the AP MLME in the device 1132 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1133 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1134 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1135 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1136 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1137 * supported/used) 1138 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1139 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1140 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1141 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1142 */ 1143 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1144 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1145 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1146 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1147 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1148 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1149 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1150 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1151 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1152 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1153 }; 1154 1155 /** 1156 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1157 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1158 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1159 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1160 * 1161 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1162 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1163 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1164 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1165 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1166 */ 1167 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1168 struct station_parameters *params, 1169 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1170 1171 /** 1172 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1173 * 1174 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1175 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1176 * 1177 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1178 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1179 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1180 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G: 60GHz MCS 1181 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1182 */ 1183 enum rate_info_flags { 1184 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1185 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1186 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1187 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G = BIT(3), 1188 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1189 }; 1190 1191 /** 1192 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1193 * 1194 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1195 * 1196 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1197 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1198 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1199 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1200 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1201 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1202 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1203 */ 1204 enum rate_info_bw { 1205 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1206 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1207 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1208 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1209 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1210 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1211 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1212 }; 1213 1214 /** 1215 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1216 * 1217 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1218 * 1219 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1220 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1221 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1222 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1223 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1224 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1225 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1226 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1227 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1228 */ 1229 struct rate_info { 1230 u8 flags; 1231 u8 mcs; 1232 u16 legacy; 1233 u8 nss; 1234 u8 bw; 1235 u8 he_gi; 1236 u8 he_dcm; 1237 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1238 }; 1239 1240 /** 1241 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1242 * 1243 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1244 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1245 * 1246 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1247 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1248 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1249 */ 1250 enum bss_param_flags { 1251 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1252 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1253 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1254 }; 1255 1256 /** 1257 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1258 * 1259 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1260 * 1261 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1262 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1263 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1264 */ 1265 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1266 u8 flags; 1267 u8 dtim_period; 1268 u16 beacon_interval; 1269 }; 1270 1271 /** 1272 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1273 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1274 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1275 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1276 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1277 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1278 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1279 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1280 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1281 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1282 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1283 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1284 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1285 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1286 */ 1287 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1288 u32 filled; 1289 u32 backlog_bytes; 1290 u32 backlog_packets; 1291 u32 flows; 1292 u32 drops; 1293 u32 ecn_marks; 1294 u32 overlimit; 1295 u32 overmemory; 1296 u32 collisions; 1297 u32 tx_bytes; 1298 u32 tx_packets; 1299 u32 max_flows; 1300 }; 1301 1302 /** 1303 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1304 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1305 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1306 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1307 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1308 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1309 * transmitted MSDUs 1310 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1311 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1312 */ 1313 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1314 u32 filled; 1315 u64 rx_msdu; 1316 u64 tx_msdu; 1317 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1318 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1319 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1320 }; 1321 1322 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1323 1324 /** 1325 * struct station_info - station information 1326 * 1327 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1328 * 1329 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1330 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1331 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1332 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1333 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1334 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1335 * @llid: mesh local link id 1336 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1337 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1338 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1339 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1340 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1341 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1342 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1343 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1344 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1345 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1346 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1347 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1348 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1349 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1350 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1351 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1352 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1353 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1354 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1355 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1356 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1357 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1358 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1359 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1360 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1361 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1362 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1363 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1364 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1365 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1366 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1367 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1368 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1369 * towards this station. 1370 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1371 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1372 * from this peer 1373 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1374 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1375 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1376 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1377 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1378 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1379 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1380 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1381 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1382 * been sent. 1383 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1384 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1385 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1386 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1387 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1388 */ 1389 struct station_info { 1390 u64 filled; 1391 u32 connected_time; 1392 u32 inactive_time; 1393 u64 rx_bytes; 1394 u64 tx_bytes; 1395 u16 llid; 1396 u16 plid; 1397 u8 plink_state; 1398 s8 signal; 1399 s8 signal_avg; 1400 1401 u8 chains; 1402 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1403 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1404 1405 struct rate_info txrate; 1406 struct rate_info rxrate; 1407 u32 rx_packets; 1408 u32 tx_packets; 1409 u32 tx_retries; 1410 u32 tx_failed; 1411 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1412 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1413 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1414 1415 int generation; 1416 1417 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1418 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1419 1420 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1421 s64 t_offset; 1422 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1423 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1424 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1425 1426 u32 expected_throughput; 1427 1428 u64 tx_duration; 1429 u64 rx_duration; 1430 u64 rx_beacon; 1431 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1432 u8 connected_to_gate; 1433 1434 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1435 s8 ack_signal; 1436 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1437 1438 u16 airtime_weight; 1439 1440 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1441 u32 fcs_err_count; 1442 1443 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1444 }; 1445 1446 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1447 /** 1448 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1449 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1450 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1451 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1452 * 1453 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1454 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1455 * considered undefined. 1456 */ 1457 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1458 struct station_info *sinfo); 1459 #else 1460 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1461 const u8 *mac_addr, 1462 struct station_info *sinfo) 1463 { 1464 return -ENOENT; 1465 } 1466 #endif 1467 1468 /** 1469 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1470 * 1471 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1472 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1473 * 1474 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1475 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1476 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1477 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1478 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1479 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1480 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1481 */ 1482 enum monitor_flags { 1483 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1484 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1485 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1486 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1487 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1488 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1489 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1490 }; 1491 1492 /** 1493 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1494 * 1495 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1496 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1497 * 1498 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1499 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1500 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1501 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1502 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1503 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1504 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1505 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1506 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1507 */ 1508 enum mpath_info_flags { 1509 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1510 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1511 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1512 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1513 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1514 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1515 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1516 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1517 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1518 }; 1519 1520 /** 1521 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1522 * 1523 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1524 * 1525 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1526 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1527 * @sn: target sequence number 1528 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1529 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1530 * @flags: mesh path flags 1531 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 1532 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 1533 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1534 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 1535 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1536 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1537 * @hop_count: hops to destination 1538 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 1539 */ 1540 struct mpath_info { 1541 u32 filled; 1542 u32 frame_qlen; 1543 u32 sn; 1544 u32 metric; 1545 u32 exptime; 1546 u32 discovery_timeout; 1547 u8 discovery_retries; 1548 u8 flags; 1549 u8 hop_count; 1550 u32 path_change_count; 1551 1552 int generation; 1553 }; 1554 1555 /** 1556 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 1557 * 1558 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 1559 * 1560 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 1561 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1562 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 1563 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1564 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 1565 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1566 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1567 * (or NULL for no change) 1568 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 1569 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 1570 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 1571 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 1572 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 1573 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 1574 */ 1575 struct bss_parameters { 1576 int use_cts_prot; 1577 int use_short_preamble; 1578 int use_short_slot_time; 1579 const u8 *basic_rates; 1580 u8 basic_rates_len; 1581 int ap_isolate; 1582 int ht_opmode; 1583 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 1584 }; 1585 1586 /** 1587 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 1588 * 1589 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 1590 * 1591 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 1592 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 1593 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 1594 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 1595 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 1596 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 1597 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 1598 * mesh interface 1599 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 1600 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 1601 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 1602 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 1603 * elements 1604 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 1605 * detect compatible mesh peers 1606 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 1607 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 1608 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 1609 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 1610 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 1611 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 1612 * a path discovery in milliseconds 1613 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1614 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 1615 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 1616 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1617 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 1618 * element 1619 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1620 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 1621 * element 1622 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 1623 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 1624 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 1625 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 1626 * announcements are transmitted 1627 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 1628 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 1629 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 1630 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 1631 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 1632 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 1633 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 1634 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 1635 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 1636 * station to establish a peer link 1637 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 1638 * 1639 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1640 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 1641 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 1642 * 1643 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 1644 * PREQs are transmitted. 1645 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 1646 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 1647 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 1648 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 1649 * setting for new peer links. 1650 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 1651 * after transmitting its beacon. 1652 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 1653 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 1654 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 1655 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 1656 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 1657 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 1658 * in the mesh path table 1659 */ 1660 struct mesh_config { 1661 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 1662 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 1663 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 1664 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 1665 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 1666 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 1667 u8 element_ttl; 1668 bool auto_open_plinks; 1669 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 1670 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 1671 u32 path_refresh_time; 1672 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 1673 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 1674 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 1675 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 1676 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 1677 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 1678 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 1679 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 1680 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 1681 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 1682 s32 rssi_threshold; 1683 u16 ht_opmode; 1684 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 1685 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 1686 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 1687 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 1688 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 1689 u32 plink_timeout; 1690 }; 1691 1692 /** 1693 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 1694 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1695 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 1696 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 1697 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 1698 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 1699 * @path_metric: which metric to use 1700 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 1701 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 1702 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 1703 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 1704 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 1705 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 1706 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 1707 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 1708 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 1709 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 1710 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1711 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 1712 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 1713 * to operate on DFS channels. 1714 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1715 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1716 * 1717 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 1718 */ 1719 struct mesh_setup { 1720 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1721 const u8 *mesh_id; 1722 u8 mesh_id_len; 1723 u8 sync_method; 1724 u8 path_sel_proto; 1725 u8 path_metric; 1726 u8 auth_id; 1727 const u8 *ie; 1728 u8 ie_len; 1729 bool is_authenticated; 1730 bool is_secure; 1731 bool user_mpm; 1732 u8 dtim_period; 1733 u16 beacon_interval; 1734 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1735 u32 basic_rates; 1736 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1737 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 1738 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1739 }; 1740 1741 /** 1742 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 1743 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1744 * 1745 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 1746 */ 1747 struct ocb_setup { 1748 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1749 }; 1750 1751 /** 1752 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 1753 * @ac: AC identifier 1754 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 1755 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1756 * 1..32767] 1757 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1758 * 1..32767] 1759 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 1760 */ 1761 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 1762 enum nl80211_ac ac; 1763 u16 txop; 1764 u16 cwmin; 1765 u16 cwmax; 1766 u8 aifs; 1767 }; 1768 1769 /** 1770 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 1771 * 1772 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 1773 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 1774 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 1775 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 1776 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 1777 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 1778 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 1779 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 1780 * in the wiphy structure. 1781 * 1782 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 1783 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 1784 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 1785 * 1786 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 1787 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 1788 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 1789 * to userspace. 1790 */ 1791 1792 /** 1793 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 1794 * @ssid: the SSID 1795 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 1796 */ 1797 struct cfg80211_ssid { 1798 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 1799 u8 ssid_len; 1800 }; 1801 1802 /** 1803 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 1804 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 1805 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 1806 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 1807 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 1808 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 1809 * userspace will be notified of that 1810 */ 1811 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 1812 u64 scan_start_tsf; 1813 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1814 bool aborted; 1815 }; 1816 1817 /** 1818 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 1819 * 1820 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 1821 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1822 * @channels: channels to scan on. 1823 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1824 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1825 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1826 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1827 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 1828 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 1829 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 1830 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 1831 * %duration field. 1832 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1833 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 1834 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1835 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 1836 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 1837 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 1838 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 1839 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 1840 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1841 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1842 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1843 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1844 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 1845 */ 1846 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 1847 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 1848 int n_ssids; 1849 u32 n_channels; 1850 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1851 const u8 *ie; 1852 size_t ie_len; 1853 u16 duration; 1854 bool duration_mandatory; 1855 u32 flags; 1856 1857 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1858 1859 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 1860 1861 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1862 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1863 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1864 1865 /* internal */ 1866 struct wiphy *wiphy; 1867 unsigned long scan_start; 1868 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 1869 bool notified; 1870 bool no_cck; 1871 1872 /* keep last */ 1873 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 1874 }; 1875 1876 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 1877 { 1878 int i; 1879 1880 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 1881 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 1882 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 1883 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 1884 } 1885 } 1886 1887 /** 1888 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 1889 * 1890 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 1891 * or no match (RSSI only) 1892 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 1893 * or no match (RSSI only) 1894 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 1895 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 1896 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 1897 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 1898 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 1899 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 1900 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 1901 * corresponding matchset. 1902 */ 1903 struct cfg80211_match_set { 1904 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 1905 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 1906 s32 rssi_thold; 1907 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1908 }; 1909 1910 /** 1911 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 1912 * 1913 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 1914 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 1915 * infinite loop. 1916 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 1917 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 1918 */ 1919 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 1920 u32 interval; 1921 u32 iterations; 1922 }; 1923 1924 /** 1925 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 1926 * 1927 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 1928 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 1929 */ 1930 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 1931 enum nl80211_band band; 1932 s8 delta; 1933 }; 1934 1935 /** 1936 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 1937 * 1938 * @reqid: identifies this request. 1939 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 1940 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1941 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1942 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1943 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1944 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1945 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1946 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 1947 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 1948 * (others are filtered out). 1949 * If ommited, all results are passed. 1950 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 1951 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 1952 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1953 * @dev: the interface 1954 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 1955 * @channels: channels to scan 1956 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 1957 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 1958 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1959 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1960 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1961 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1962 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 1963 * index must be executed first. 1964 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 1965 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 1966 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 1967 * owned by a particular socket) 1968 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 1969 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 1970 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 1971 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 1972 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 1973 * supported. 1974 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 1975 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 1976 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 1977 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 1978 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 1979 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 1980 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 1981 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 1982 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 1983 * comparisions. 1984 */ 1985 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 1986 u64 reqid; 1987 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 1988 int n_ssids; 1989 u32 n_channels; 1990 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1991 const u8 *ie; 1992 size_t ie_len; 1993 u32 flags; 1994 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 1995 int n_match_sets; 1996 s32 min_rssi_thold; 1997 u32 delay; 1998 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 1999 int n_scan_plans; 2000 2001 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2002 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2003 2004 bool relative_rssi_set; 2005 s8 relative_rssi; 2006 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2007 2008 /* internal */ 2009 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2010 struct net_device *dev; 2011 unsigned long scan_start; 2012 bool report_results; 2013 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2014 u32 owner_nlportid; 2015 bool nl_owner_dead; 2016 struct list_head list; 2017 2018 /* keep last */ 2019 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 2020 }; 2021 2022 /** 2023 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2024 * 2025 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2026 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2027 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2028 */ 2029 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2030 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2031 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2032 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2033 }; 2034 2035 /** 2036 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2037 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2038 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2039 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2040 * signal type 2041 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2042 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2043 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2044 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2045 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2046 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2047 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2048 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2049 * by %parent_bssid. 2050 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2051 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2052 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2053 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2054 */ 2055 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2056 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2057 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2058 s32 signal; 2059 u64 boottime_ns; 2060 u64 parent_tsf; 2061 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2062 u8 chains; 2063 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2064 }; 2065 2066 /** 2067 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2068 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2069 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2070 * @len: length of the IEs 2071 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2072 * @data: IE data 2073 */ 2074 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2075 u64 tsf; 2076 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2077 int len; 2078 bool from_beacon; 2079 u8 data[]; 2080 }; 2081 2082 /** 2083 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2084 * 2085 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2086 * for use in scan results and similar. 2087 * 2088 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2089 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2090 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2091 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2092 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2093 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2094 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2095 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2096 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2097 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2098 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2099 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2100 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2101 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2102 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2103 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2104 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2105 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2106 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2107 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2108 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2109 * (multi-BSSID support) 2110 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2111 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2112 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2113 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2114 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2115 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2116 */ 2117 struct cfg80211_bss { 2118 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2119 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2120 2121 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2122 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2123 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2124 2125 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2126 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2127 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2128 2129 s32 signal; 2130 2131 u16 beacon_interval; 2132 u16 capability; 2133 2134 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2135 u8 chains; 2136 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2137 2138 u8 bssid_index; 2139 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2140 2141 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2142 }; 2143 2144 /** 2145 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2146 * @bss: the bss to search 2147 * @id: the element ID 2148 * 2149 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2150 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2151 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2152 */ 2153 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2154 2155 /** 2156 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2157 * @bss: the bss to search 2158 * @id: the element ID 2159 * 2160 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2161 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2162 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2163 */ 2164 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2165 { 2166 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2167 } 2168 2169 2170 /** 2171 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2172 * 2173 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2174 * authentication. 2175 * 2176 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2177 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2178 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2179 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2180 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2181 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2182 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2183 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2184 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2185 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2186 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2187 * transaction sequence number field. 2188 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2189 */ 2190 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2191 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2192 const u8 *ie; 2193 size_t ie_len; 2194 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2195 const u8 *key; 2196 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2197 const u8 *auth_data; 2198 size_t auth_data_len; 2199 }; 2200 2201 /** 2202 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2203 * 2204 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2205 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2206 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2207 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2208 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2209 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2210 * request (connect callback). 2211 */ 2212 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2213 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2214 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2215 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2216 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2217 }; 2218 2219 /** 2220 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2221 * 2222 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2223 * (re)association. 2224 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2225 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2226 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2227 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2228 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2229 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2230 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2231 * @crypto: crypto settings 2232 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2233 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2234 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2235 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2236 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2237 * frame. 2238 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2239 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2240 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2241 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2242 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2243 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2244 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2245 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2246 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2247 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2248 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2249 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2250 */ 2251 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2252 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2253 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2254 size_t ie_len; 2255 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2256 bool use_mfp; 2257 u32 flags; 2258 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2259 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2260 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2261 const u8 *fils_kek; 2262 size_t fils_kek_len; 2263 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2264 }; 2265 2266 /** 2267 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2268 * 2269 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2270 * deauthentication. 2271 * 2272 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2273 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2274 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2275 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2276 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2277 * do not set a deauth frame 2278 */ 2279 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2280 const u8 *bssid; 2281 const u8 *ie; 2282 size_t ie_len; 2283 u16 reason_code; 2284 bool local_state_change; 2285 }; 2286 2287 /** 2288 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2289 * 2290 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2291 * disassociation. 2292 * 2293 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2294 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2295 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2296 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2297 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2298 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2299 */ 2300 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2301 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2302 const u8 *ie; 2303 size_t ie_len; 2304 u16 reason_code; 2305 bool local_state_change; 2306 }; 2307 2308 /** 2309 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2310 * 2311 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2312 * method. 2313 * 2314 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2315 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2316 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2317 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2318 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2319 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2320 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2321 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2322 * @ie_len: length of that 2323 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2324 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2325 * after joining 2326 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2327 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2328 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2329 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2330 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2331 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2332 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2333 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2334 * to operate on DFS channels. 2335 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2336 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2337 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2338 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2339 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2340 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2341 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2342 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2343 */ 2344 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2345 const u8 *ssid; 2346 const u8 *bssid; 2347 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2348 const u8 *ie; 2349 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2350 u16 beacon_interval; 2351 u32 basic_rates; 2352 bool channel_fixed; 2353 bool privacy; 2354 bool control_port; 2355 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2356 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2357 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2358 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2359 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2360 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2361 int wep_tx_key; 2362 }; 2363 2364 /** 2365 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2366 * 2367 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2368 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2369 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2370 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2371 */ 2372 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2373 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2374 union { 2375 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2376 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2377 } param; 2378 }; 2379 2380 /** 2381 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2382 * 2383 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2384 * authentication and association. 2385 * 2386 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2387 * on scan results) 2388 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2389 * %NULL if not specified 2390 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2391 * results) 2392 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2393 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2394 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2395 * to use. 2396 * @ssid: SSID 2397 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2398 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2399 * @ie: IEs for association request 2400 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2401 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2402 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2403 * @crypto: crypto settings 2404 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2405 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2406 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2407 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2408 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2409 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2410 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2411 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2412 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2413 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2414 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2415 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2416 * networks. 2417 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2418 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2419 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2420 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2421 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2422 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2423 * frame. 2424 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2425 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2426 * data IE. 2427 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2428 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2429 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2430 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2431 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2432 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2433 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2434 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2435 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2436 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2437 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2438 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2439 */ 2440 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2441 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2442 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2443 const u8 *bssid; 2444 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2445 const u8 *ssid; 2446 size_t ssid_len; 2447 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2448 const u8 *ie; 2449 size_t ie_len; 2450 bool privacy; 2451 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2452 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2453 const u8 *key; 2454 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2455 u32 flags; 2456 int bg_scan_period; 2457 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2458 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2459 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2460 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2461 bool pbss; 2462 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2463 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2464 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2465 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2466 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2467 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2468 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2469 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2470 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2471 bool want_1x; 2472 }; 2473 2474 /** 2475 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2476 * 2477 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2478 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2479 * 2480 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2481 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2482 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2483 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2484 */ 2485 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2486 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 2487 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 2488 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 2489 }; 2490 2491 /** 2492 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 2493 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 2494 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 2495 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 2496 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 2497 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 2498 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 2499 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 2500 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 2501 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 2502 */ 2503 enum wiphy_params_flags { 2504 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 2505 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 2506 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 2507 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 2508 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 2509 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 2510 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 2511 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 2512 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 2513 }; 2514 2515 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 2516 2517 /** 2518 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 2519 * 2520 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 2521 * caching. 2522 * 2523 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 2524 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2525 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 2526 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 2527 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 2528 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 2529 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 2530 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 2531 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 2532 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 2533 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 2534 * %NULL). 2535 */ 2536 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 2537 const u8 *bssid; 2538 const u8 *pmkid; 2539 const u8 *pmk; 2540 size_t pmk_len; 2541 const u8 *ssid; 2542 size_t ssid_len; 2543 const u8 *cache_id; 2544 }; 2545 2546 /** 2547 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 2548 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 2549 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 2550 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 2551 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 2552 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 2553 * 2554 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 2555 * memory, free @mask only! 2556 */ 2557 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 2558 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 2559 int pattern_len; 2560 int pkt_offset; 2561 }; 2562 2563 /** 2564 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 2565 * 2566 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 2567 * @src: source IP address 2568 * @dst: destination IP address 2569 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 2570 * @src_port: source port 2571 * @dst_port: destination port 2572 * @payload_len: data payload length 2573 * @payload: data payload buffer 2574 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 2575 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 2576 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 2577 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 2578 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 2579 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 2580 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 2581 */ 2582 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 2583 struct socket *sock; 2584 __be32 src, dst; 2585 u16 src_port, dst_port; 2586 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 2587 int payload_len; 2588 const u8 *payload; 2589 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 2590 u32 data_interval; 2591 u32 wake_len; 2592 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 2593 u32 tokens_size; 2594 /* must be last, variable member */ 2595 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 2596 }; 2597 2598 /** 2599 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 2600 * 2601 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 2602 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 2603 * operating as normal during suspend 2604 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 2605 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 2606 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 2607 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2608 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 2609 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 2610 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 2611 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 2612 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 2613 * NULL if not configured. 2614 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 2615 */ 2616 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 2617 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2618 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2619 rfkill_release; 2620 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2621 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 2622 int n_patterns; 2623 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 2624 }; 2625 2626 /** 2627 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 2628 * 2629 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 2630 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 2631 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 2632 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 2633 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 2634 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2635 */ 2636 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 2637 int delay; 2638 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 2639 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2640 int n_patterns; 2641 }; 2642 2643 /** 2644 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 2645 * 2646 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 2647 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 2648 * @n_rules: number of rules 2649 */ 2650 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 2651 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 2652 int n_rules; 2653 }; 2654 2655 /** 2656 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 2657 * 2658 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 2659 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 2660 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 2661 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 2662 * occurred (in MHz) 2663 */ 2664 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 2665 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2666 int n_channels; 2667 u32 channels[]; 2668 }; 2669 2670 /** 2671 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 2672 * 2673 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 2674 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 2675 * match information. 2676 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 2677 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 2678 */ 2679 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 2680 int n_matches; 2681 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 2682 }; 2683 2684 /** 2685 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 2686 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 2687 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 2688 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 2689 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 2690 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 2691 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 2692 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 2693 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 2694 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 2695 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 2696 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 2697 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 2698 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 2699 * it is. 2700 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 2701 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 2702 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 2703 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 2704 */ 2705 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 2706 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2707 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2708 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 2709 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 2710 s32 pattern_idx; 2711 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 2712 const void *packet; 2713 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 2714 }; 2715 2716 /** 2717 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 2718 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes) 2719 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes) 2720 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 2721 */ 2722 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 2723 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 2724 }; 2725 2726 /** 2727 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 2728 * 2729 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 2730 * 2731 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 2732 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 2733 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 2734 */ 2735 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 2736 u16 md; 2737 const u8 *ie; 2738 size_t ie_len; 2739 }; 2740 2741 /** 2742 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 2743 * 2744 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 2745 * 2746 * @chan: channel to use 2747 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 2748 * @wait: duration for ROC 2749 * @buf: buffer to transmit 2750 * @len: buffer length 2751 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 2752 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 2753 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 2754 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 2755 */ 2756 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 2757 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2758 bool offchan; 2759 unsigned int wait; 2760 const u8 *buf; 2761 size_t len; 2762 bool no_cck; 2763 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 2764 int n_csa_offsets; 2765 const u16 *csa_offsets; 2766 }; 2767 2768 /** 2769 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 2770 * 2771 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 2772 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 2773 */ 2774 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 2775 u8 dscp; 2776 u8 up; 2777 }; 2778 2779 /** 2780 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 2781 * 2782 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2783 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2784 */ 2785 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 2786 u8 low; 2787 u8 high; 2788 }; 2789 2790 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 2791 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 2792 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 2793 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 2794 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 2795 2796 /** 2797 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 2798 * 2799 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 2800 * 2801 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 2802 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 2803 * the user priority DSCP range definition 2804 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 2805 */ 2806 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 2807 u8 num_des; 2808 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 2809 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 2810 }; 2811 2812 /** 2813 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 2814 * 2815 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 2816 * 2817 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 2818 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 2819 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 2820 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 2821 */ 2822 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 2823 u8 master_pref; 2824 u8 bands; 2825 }; 2826 2827 /** 2828 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 2829 * configuration 2830 * 2831 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 2832 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 2833 */ 2834 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 2835 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 2836 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 2837 }; 2838 2839 /** 2840 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 2841 * 2842 * @filter: the content of the filter 2843 * @len: the length of the filter 2844 */ 2845 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 2846 const u8 *filter; 2847 u8 len; 2848 }; 2849 2850 /** 2851 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 2852 * 2853 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 2854 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 2855 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 2856 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 2857 * implementation specific. 2858 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 2859 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 2860 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 2861 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 2862 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 2863 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 2864 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 2865 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 2866 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 2867 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 2868 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 2869 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 2870 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 2871 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 2872 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 2873 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 2874 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 2875 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 2876 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 2877 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 2878 */ 2879 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 2880 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 2881 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 2882 u8 publish_type; 2883 bool close_range; 2884 bool publish_bcast; 2885 bool subscribe_active; 2886 u8 followup_id; 2887 u8 followup_reqid; 2888 struct mac_address followup_dest; 2889 u32 ttl; 2890 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 2891 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 2892 bool srf_include; 2893 const u8 *srf_bf; 2894 u8 srf_bf_len; 2895 u8 srf_bf_idx; 2896 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 2897 int srf_num_macs; 2898 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 2899 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 2900 u8 num_tx_filters; 2901 u8 num_rx_filters; 2902 u8 instance_id; 2903 u64 cookie; 2904 }; 2905 2906 /** 2907 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 2908 * 2909 * @aa: authenticator address 2910 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 2911 * @pmk: the PMK material 2912 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 2913 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 2914 * holds PMK-R0. 2915 */ 2916 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 2917 const u8 *aa; 2918 u8 pmk_len; 2919 const u8 *pmk; 2920 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 2921 }; 2922 2923 /** 2924 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 2925 * 2926 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 2927 * 2928 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 2929 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 2930 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 2931 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 2932 * authentication response command interface. 2933 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 2934 * authentication response command interface. 2935 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 2936 * authentication request event interface. 2937 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 2938 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 2939 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 2940 * response command interface (user space to driver). 2941 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2942 */ 2943 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 2944 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 2945 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2946 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2947 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 2948 u16 status; 2949 const u8 *pmkid; 2950 }; 2951 2952 /** 2953 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 2954 * 2955 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 2956 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2957 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 2958 * answered 2959 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 2960 * successfully answered 2961 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 2962 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 2963 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 2964 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 2965 * of how much time the responder was busy 2966 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 2967 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 2968 * the responder 2969 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 2970 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 2971 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 2972 */ 2973 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 2974 u32 filled; 2975 u32 success_num; 2976 u32 partial_num; 2977 u32 failed_num; 2978 u32 asap_num; 2979 u32 non_asap_num; 2980 u64 total_duration_ms; 2981 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 2982 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 2983 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 2984 }; 2985 2986 /** 2987 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 2988 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 2989 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 2990 * reason than just "failure" 2991 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 2992 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 2993 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 2994 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 2995 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 2996 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 2997 * by the responder 2998 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 2999 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3000 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3001 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3002 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3003 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3004 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3005 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3006 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3007 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3008 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3009 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3010 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3011 * the square root of the variance) 3012 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3013 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3014 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3015 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3016 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3017 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3018 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3019 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3020 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3021 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3022 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3023 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3024 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3025 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3026 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3027 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3028 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3029 */ 3030 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3031 const u8 *lci; 3032 const u8 *civicloc; 3033 unsigned int lci_len; 3034 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3035 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3036 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3037 s16 burst_index; 3038 u8 busy_retry_time; 3039 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3040 u8 burst_duration; 3041 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3042 s32 rssi_avg; 3043 s32 rssi_spread; 3044 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3045 s64 rtt_avg; 3046 s64 rtt_variance; 3047 s64 rtt_spread; 3048 s64 dist_avg; 3049 s64 dist_variance; 3050 s64 dist_spread; 3051 3052 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3053 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3054 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3055 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3056 tx_rate_valid:1, 3057 rx_rate_valid:1, 3058 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3059 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3060 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3061 dist_avg_valid:1, 3062 dist_variance_valid:1, 3063 dist_spread_valid:1; 3064 }; 3065 3066 /** 3067 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3068 * @addr: address of the peer 3069 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3070 * measurement was made) 3071 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3072 * @status: status of the measurement 3073 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3074 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3075 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3076 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3077 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3078 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3079 */ 3080 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3081 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3082 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3083 3084 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3085 3086 u8 final:1, 3087 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3088 3089 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3090 3091 union { 3092 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3093 }; 3094 }; 3095 3096 /** 3097 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3098 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3099 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3100 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3101 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3102 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3103 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3104 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3105 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3106 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3107 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3108 * 3109 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3110 */ 3111 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3112 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3113 u16 burst_period; 3114 u8 requested:1, 3115 asap:1, 3116 request_lci:1, 3117 request_civicloc:1; 3118 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3119 u8 burst_duration; 3120 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3121 u8 ftmr_retries; 3122 }; 3123 3124 /** 3125 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3126 * @addr: MAC address 3127 * @chandef: channel to use 3128 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3129 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3130 */ 3131 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3132 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3133 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3134 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3135 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3136 }; 3137 3138 /** 3139 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3140 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3141 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3142 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3143 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3144 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3145 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3146 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3147 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3148 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3149 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3150 * zero it means there's no timeout 3151 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3152 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3153 */ 3154 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3155 u64 cookie; 3156 void *drv_data; 3157 u32 n_peers; 3158 u32 nl_portid; 3159 3160 u32 timeout; 3161 3162 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3163 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3164 3165 struct list_head list; 3166 3167 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3168 }; 3169 3170 /** 3171 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3172 * 3173 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3174 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3175 * 3176 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3177 * 3178 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3179 * has to be done. 3180 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3181 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3182 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3183 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3184 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3185 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3186 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3187 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3188 */ 3189 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3190 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3191 u16 status; 3192 const u8 *ie; 3193 size_t ie_len; 3194 }; 3195 3196 /** 3197 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3198 * 3199 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3200 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3201 * 3202 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3203 * on success or a negative error code. 3204 * 3205 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the 3206 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this 3207 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext. 3208 * 3209 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3210 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3211 * configured for the device. 3212 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3213 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3214 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3215 * the device. 3216 * 3217 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3218 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3219 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3220 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3221 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3222 * 3223 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3224 * 3225 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3226 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3227 * 3228 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3229 * when adding a group key. 3230 * 3231 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3232 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3233 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3234 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3235 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3236 * 3237 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3238 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3239 * 3240 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3241 * 3242 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3243 * 3244 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3245 * 3246 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3247 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3248 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3249 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3250 * 3251 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3252 * @del_station: Remove a station 3253 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3254 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3255 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3256 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3257 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3258 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3259 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3260 * 3261 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3262 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3263 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3264 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3265 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3266 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3267 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3268 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3269 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3270 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3271 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3272 * 3273 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3274 * 3275 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3276 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3277 * set, and which to leave alone. 3278 * 3279 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3280 * 3281 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3282 * 3283 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3284 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3285 * join the mesh instead. 3286 * 3287 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3288 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3289 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3290 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3291 * 3292 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3293 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3294 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3295 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3296 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3297 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3298 * 3299 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3300 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3301 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3302 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3303 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3304 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3305 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3306 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3307 * 3308 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3309 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3310 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3311 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3312 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3313 * was received. 3314 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3315 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3316 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3317 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3318 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3319 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3320 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3321 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3322 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3323 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3324 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3325 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3326 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3327 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3328 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3329 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3330 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3331 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3332 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3333 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3334 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3335 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3336 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3337 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3338 * 3339 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3340 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3341 * to a merge. 3342 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3343 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3344 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3345 * 3346 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3347 * MESH mode) 3348 * 3349 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3350 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3351 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3352 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3353 * 3354 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3355 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3356 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3357 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3358 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3359 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3360 * return 0 if successful 3361 * 3362 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface 3363 * 3364 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3365 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3366 * 3367 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3368 * 3369 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3370 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3371 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3372 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3373 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3374 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3375 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3376 * the duration value. 3377 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3378 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3379 * frame on another channel 3380 * 3381 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3382 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3383 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3384 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3385 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3386 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3387 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3388 * 3389 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3390 * 3391 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3392 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3393 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3394 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3395 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3396 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3397 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3398 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3399 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3400 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3401 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3402 * disabled.) 3403 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3404 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3405 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3406 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3407 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3408 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3409 * thresholds. 3410 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3411 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3412 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3413 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3414 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3415 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3416 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3417 * 3418 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was 3419 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3420 * 3421 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3422 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3423 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3424 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3425 * 3426 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3427 * 3428 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 3429 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 3430 * 3431 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 3432 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 3433 * 3434 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 3435 * 3436 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 3437 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 3438 * current monitoring channel. 3439 * 3440 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 3441 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 3442 * 3443 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 3444 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 3445 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 3446 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 3447 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 3448 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 3449 * 3450 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 3451 * 3452 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 3453 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 3454 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 3455 * 3456 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 3457 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 3458 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 3459 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 3460 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 3461 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 3462 * 3463 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 3464 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 3465 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 3466 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 3467 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 3468 * as soon as possible. 3469 * 3470 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 3471 * 3472 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 3473 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 3474 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 3475 * 3476 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 3477 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 3478 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 3479 * account. 3480 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 3481 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 3482 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 3483 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 3484 * rejected) 3485 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 3486 * 3487 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 3488 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3489 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 3490 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3491 * 3492 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 3493 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 3494 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 3495 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 3496 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 3497 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 3498 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 3499 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 3500 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 3501 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 3502 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 3503 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 3504 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 3505 * provided @nan_func. 3506 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 3507 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 3508 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 3509 * All other parameters must be ignored. 3510 * 3511 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 3512 * 3513 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 3514 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 3515 * 3516 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 3517 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 3518 * upon which the driver should clear it. 3519 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3520 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 3521 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3522 * 3523 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 3524 * user space 3525 * 3526 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 3527 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 3528 * 3529 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 3530 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 3531 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 3532 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 3533 * 3534 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 3535 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 3536 * DH IE through this interface. 3537 * 3538 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 3539 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 3540 */ 3541 struct cfg80211_ops { 3542 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 3543 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3544 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 3545 3546 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3547 const char *name, 3548 unsigned char name_assign_type, 3549 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3550 struct vif_params *params); 3551 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3552 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3553 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3554 struct net_device *dev, 3555 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3556 struct vif_params *params); 3557 3558 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3559 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3560 struct key_params *params); 3561 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3562 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3563 void *cookie, 3564 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 3565 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3566 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 3567 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3568 struct net_device *netdev, 3569 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 3570 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3571 struct net_device *netdev, 3572 u8 key_index); 3573 3574 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3575 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 3576 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3577 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 3578 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3579 3580 3581 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3582 const u8 *mac, 3583 struct station_parameters *params); 3584 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3585 struct station_del_parameters *params); 3586 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3587 const u8 *mac, 3588 struct station_parameters *params); 3589 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3590 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3591 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3592 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3593 3594 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3595 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3596 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3597 const u8 *dst); 3598 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3599 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3600 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3601 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3602 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3603 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 3604 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3605 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3606 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3607 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3608 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 3609 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3610 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3611 struct net_device *dev, 3612 struct mesh_config *conf); 3613 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3614 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 3615 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 3616 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3617 const struct mesh_config *conf, 3618 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 3619 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3620 3621 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3622 struct ocb_setup *setup); 3623 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3624 3625 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3626 struct bss_parameters *params); 3627 3628 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3629 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 3630 3631 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3632 struct net_device *dev, 3633 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 3634 3635 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3636 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3637 3638 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3639 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 3640 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3641 3642 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3643 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 3644 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3645 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 3646 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3647 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 3648 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3649 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 3650 3651 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3652 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 3653 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3654 struct net_device *dev, 3655 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 3656 u32 changed); 3657 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3658 u16 reason_code); 3659 3660 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3661 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 3662 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3663 3664 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3665 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 3666 3667 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 3668 3669 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3670 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 3671 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3672 int *dbm); 3673 3674 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3675 const u8 *addr); 3676 3677 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3678 3679 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 3680 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3681 void *data, int len); 3682 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 3683 struct netlink_callback *cb, 3684 void *data, int len); 3685 #endif 3686 3687 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3688 struct net_device *dev, 3689 const u8 *peer, 3690 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 3691 3692 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3693 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 3694 3695 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3696 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3697 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3698 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3699 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 3700 3701 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3702 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3703 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 3704 unsigned int duration, 3705 u64 *cookie); 3706 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3707 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3708 u64 cookie); 3709 3710 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3711 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 3712 u64 *cookie); 3713 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3714 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3715 u64 cookie); 3716 3717 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3718 bool enabled, int timeout); 3719 3720 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3721 struct net_device *dev, 3722 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 3723 3724 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3725 struct net_device *dev, 3726 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 3727 3728 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3729 struct net_device *dev, 3730 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 3731 3732 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3733 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3734 u16 frame_type, bool reg); 3735 3736 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 3737 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 3738 3739 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3740 struct net_device *dev, 3741 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 3742 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3743 u64 reqid); 3744 3745 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3746 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 3747 3748 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3749 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 3750 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 3751 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3752 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3753 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 3754 3755 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3756 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 3757 3758 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3759 struct net_device *dev, 3760 u16 noack_map); 3761 3762 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3763 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3764 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3765 3766 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3767 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3768 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3769 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3770 3771 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3772 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 3773 3774 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3775 struct net_device *dev, 3776 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 3777 u32 cac_time_ms); 3778 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3779 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 3780 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3781 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3782 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 3783 u16 duration); 3784 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3785 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3786 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3787 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 3788 3789 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3790 struct net_device *dev, 3791 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 3792 3793 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3794 struct net_device *dev, 3795 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 3796 3797 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3798 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3799 3800 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3801 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 3802 u16 admitted_time); 3803 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3804 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 3805 3806 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3807 struct net_device *dev, 3808 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 3809 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3810 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3811 struct net_device *dev, 3812 const u8 *addr); 3813 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3814 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 3815 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3816 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3817 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 3818 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3819 u64 cookie); 3820 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3821 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3822 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 3823 u32 changes); 3824 3825 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3826 struct net_device *dev, 3827 const bool enabled); 3828 3829 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3830 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3831 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 3832 3833 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3834 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 3835 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3836 const u8 *aa); 3837 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3838 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 3839 3840 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3841 struct net_device *dev, 3842 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 3843 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 3844 const bool noencrypt); 3845 3846 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3847 struct net_device *dev, 3848 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 3849 3850 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3851 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3852 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3853 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3854 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3855 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 3856 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3857 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3858 }; 3859 3860 /* 3861 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 3862 * and registration/helper functions 3863 */ 3864 3865 /** 3866 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 3867 * 3868 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 3869 * wiphy at all 3870 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 3871 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 3872 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 3873 * reason to override the default 3874 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 3875 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 3876 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 3877 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 3878 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 3879 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 3880 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 3881 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 3882 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 3883 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 3884 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 3885 * firmware. 3886 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 3887 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 3888 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 3889 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 3890 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 3891 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 3892 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 3893 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 3894 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 3895 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 3896 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 3897 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 3898 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 3899 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 3900 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 3901 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 3902 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 3903 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 3904 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 3905 * before connection. 3906 */ 3907 enum wiphy_flags { 3908 /* use hole at 0 */ 3909 /* use hole at 1 */ 3910 /* use hole at 2 */ 3911 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 3912 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 3913 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 3914 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 3915 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 3916 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 3917 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 3918 /* use hole at 11 */ 3919 /* use hole at 12 */ 3920 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 3921 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 3922 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 3923 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 3924 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 3925 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 3926 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 3927 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 3928 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 3929 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 3930 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 3931 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 3932 }; 3933 3934 /** 3935 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 3936 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 3937 * @types: interface types (bits) 3938 */ 3939 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 3940 u16 max; 3941 u16 types; 3942 }; 3943 3944 /** 3945 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 3946 * 3947 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 3948 * combinations it supports concurrently. 3949 * 3950 * Examples: 3951 * 3952 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 3953 * 3954 * .. code-block:: c 3955 * 3956 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 3957 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 3958 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 3959 * }; 3960 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 3961 * .limits = limits1, 3962 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 3963 * .max_interfaces = 2, 3964 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 3965 * }; 3966 * 3967 * 3968 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 3969 * 3970 * .. code-block:: c 3971 * 3972 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 3973 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 3974 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 3975 * }; 3976 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 3977 * .limits = limits2, 3978 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 3979 * .max_interfaces = 8, 3980 * .num_different_channels = 1, 3981 * }; 3982 * 3983 * 3984 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 3985 * 3986 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 3987 * 3988 * .. code-block:: c 3989 * 3990 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 3991 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 3992 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 3993 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 3994 * }; 3995 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 3996 * .limits = limits3, 3997 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 3998 * .max_interfaces = 4, 3999 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4000 * }; 4001 * 4002 */ 4003 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4004 /** 4005 * @limits: 4006 * limits for the given interface types 4007 */ 4008 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4009 4010 /** 4011 * @num_different_channels: 4012 * can use up to this many different channels 4013 */ 4014 u32 num_different_channels; 4015 4016 /** 4017 * @max_interfaces: 4018 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4019 */ 4020 u16 max_interfaces; 4021 4022 /** 4023 * @n_limits: 4024 * number of limitations 4025 */ 4026 u8 n_limits; 4027 4028 /** 4029 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4030 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4031 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4032 */ 4033 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4034 4035 /** 4036 * @radar_detect_widths: 4037 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4038 */ 4039 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4040 4041 /** 4042 * @radar_detect_regions: 4043 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4044 */ 4045 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4046 4047 /** 4048 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4049 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4050 * 4051 * = 0 4052 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4053 * > 0 4054 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4055 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4056 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4057 */ 4058 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4059 }; 4060 4061 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4062 u16 tx, rx; 4063 }; 4064 4065 /** 4066 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4067 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4068 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4069 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4070 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4071 * packet should be preserved in that case 4072 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4073 * (see nl80211.h) 4074 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4075 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4076 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4077 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4078 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4079 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4080 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4081 */ 4082 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4083 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4084 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4085 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4086 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4087 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4088 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4089 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4090 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4091 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4092 }; 4093 4094 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4095 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4096 u32 data_payload_max; 4097 u32 data_interval_max; 4098 u32 wake_payload_max; 4099 bool seq; 4100 }; 4101 4102 /** 4103 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4104 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4105 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4106 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4107 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4108 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4109 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4110 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4111 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4112 * scheduled scans. 4113 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4114 * details. 4115 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4116 */ 4117 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4118 u32 flags; 4119 int n_patterns; 4120 int pattern_max_len; 4121 int pattern_min_len; 4122 int max_pkt_offset; 4123 int max_nd_match_sets; 4124 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4125 }; 4126 4127 /** 4128 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4129 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4130 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4131 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4132 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4133 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4134 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4135 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4136 */ 4137 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4138 int n_rules; 4139 int max_delay; 4140 int n_patterns; 4141 int pattern_max_len; 4142 int pattern_min_len; 4143 int max_pkt_offset; 4144 }; 4145 4146 /** 4147 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4148 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4149 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4150 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4151 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4152 */ 4153 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4154 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4155 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4156 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4157 }; 4158 4159 /** 4160 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4161 * 4162 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4163 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4164 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4165 * 4166 */ 4167 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4168 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4169 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4170 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4171 }; 4172 4173 /** 4174 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4175 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4176 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4177 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4178 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4179 */ 4180 4181 struct sta_opmode_info { 4182 u32 changed; 4183 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4184 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4185 u8 rx_nss; 4186 }; 4187 4188 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4189 4190 /** 4191 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4192 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4193 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4194 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4195 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4196 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4197 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4198 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4199 * dumpit calls. 4200 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4201 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4202 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4203 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4204 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4205 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4206 * are used with dump requests. 4207 */ 4208 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4209 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4210 u32 flags; 4211 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4212 const void *data, int data_len); 4213 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4214 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4215 unsigned long *storage); 4216 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4217 unsigned int maxattr; 4218 }; 4219 4220 /** 4221 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4222 * @iftype: interface type 4223 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4224 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4225 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4226 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4227 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4228 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4229 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4230 */ 4231 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4232 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4233 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4234 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4235 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4236 }; 4237 4238 /** 4239 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4240 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4241 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4242 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4243 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4244 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4245 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4246 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4247 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4248 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4249 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4250 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4251 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4252 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4253 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4254 * not limited) 4255 */ 4256 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4257 unsigned int max_peers; 4258 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4259 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4260 4261 struct { 4262 u32 preambles; 4263 u32 bandwidths; 4264 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4265 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4266 u8 supported:1, 4267 asap:1, 4268 non_asap:1, 4269 request_lci:1, 4270 request_civicloc:1; 4271 } ftm; 4272 }; 4273 4274 /** 4275 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4276 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4277 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4278 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4279 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4280 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4281 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4282 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4283 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4284 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4285 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4286 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites 4287 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4288 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4289 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4290 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4291 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4292 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4293 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4294 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4295 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4296 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4297 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4298 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4299 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4300 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4301 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4302 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4303 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4304 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4305 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4306 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4307 * unregister hardware 4308 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed 4309 * automatically on wiphy renames 4310 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy 4311 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister 4312 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4313 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4314 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4315 * must be set by driver 4316 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4317 * list single interface types. 4318 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4319 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4320 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4321 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4322 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4323 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4324 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4325 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4326 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4327 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4328 * this variable determines its size 4329 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4330 * any given scan 4331 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4332 * the device can run concurrently. 4333 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4334 * for in any given scheduled scan 4335 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4336 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4337 * supported. 4338 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4339 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4340 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4341 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4342 * scans 4343 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4344 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4345 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4346 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4347 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4348 * scan plan supported by the device. 4349 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4350 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4351 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4352 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4353 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4354 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4355 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 4356 * 4357 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 4358 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 4359 * type 4360 * 4361 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4362 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4363 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 4364 * 4365 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4366 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4367 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 4368 * 4369 * @probe_resp_offload: 4370 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 4371 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4372 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4373 * 4374 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 4375 * may request, if implemented. 4376 * 4377 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 4378 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 4379 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 4380 * to the suspend() operation instead. 4381 * 4382 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 4383 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 4384 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4385 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 4386 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4387 * 4388 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 4389 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 4390 * 4391 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 4392 * supports for ACL. 4393 * 4394 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4395 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 4396 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 4397 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 4398 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 4399 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 4400 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 4401 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4402 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4403 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 4404 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 4405 * capabilities are specified separately. 4406 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 4407 * 4408 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 4409 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 4410 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 4411 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 4412 * 4413 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 4414 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 4415 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 4416 * some cases, but may not always reach. 4417 * 4418 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 4419 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 4420 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 4421 * infinite. 4422 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the 4423 * frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which 4424 * the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the 4425 * low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set 4426 * this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate. 4427 * This value should be set in MHz. 4428 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 4429 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 4430 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 4431 * 4432 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 4433 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 4434 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4435 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4436 * 4437 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 4438 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 4439 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 4440 * 4441 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 4442 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 4443 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 4444 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 4445 * 4446 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 4447 */ 4448 struct wiphy { 4449 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 4450 4451 /* permanent MAC address(es) */ 4452 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4453 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 4454 4455 struct mac_address *addresses; 4456 4457 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 4458 4459 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 4460 int n_iface_combinations; 4461 u16 software_iftypes; 4462 4463 u16 n_addresses; 4464 4465 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 4466 u16 interface_modes; 4467 4468 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 4469 4470 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 4471 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 4472 4473 u32 ap_sme_capa; 4474 4475 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 4476 4477 int bss_priv_size; 4478 u8 max_scan_ssids; 4479 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 4480 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 4481 u8 max_match_sets; 4482 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 4483 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 4484 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 4485 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 4486 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 4487 4488 int n_cipher_suites; 4489 const u32 *cipher_suites; 4490 4491 int n_akm_suites; 4492 const u32 *akm_suites; 4493 4494 u8 retry_short; 4495 u8 retry_long; 4496 u32 frag_threshold; 4497 u32 rts_threshold; 4498 u8 coverage_class; 4499 4500 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 4501 u32 hw_version; 4502 4503 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 4504 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 4505 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 4506 #endif 4507 4508 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 4509 4510 u8 max_num_pmkids; 4511 4512 u32 available_antennas_tx; 4513 u32 available_antennas_rx; 4514 4515 /* 4516 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading 4517 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4518 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4519 */ 4520 u32 probe_resp_offload; 4521 4522 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 4523 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4524 4525 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 4526 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 4527 4528 /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. 4529 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't 4530 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered 4531 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to 4532 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */ 4533 const void *privid; 4534 4535 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4536 4537 /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */ 4538 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4539 struct regulatory_request *request); 4540 4541 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 4542 4543 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 4544 4545 /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this, 4546 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */ 4547 struct device dev; 4548 4549 /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */ 4550 bool registered; 4551 4552 /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */ 4553 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 4554 4555 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 4556 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 4557 4558 struct list_head wdev_list; 4559 4560 /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */ 4561 possible_net_t _net; 4562 4563 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4564 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 4565 #endif 4566 4567 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 4568 4569 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 4570 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 4571 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 4572 4573 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 4574 4575 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 4576 u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp; 4577 4578 u32 bss_select_support; 4579 4580 u8 nan_supported_bands; 4581 4582 u32 txq_limit; 4583 u32 txq_memory_limit; 4584 u32 txq_quantum; 4585 4586 u8 support_mbssid:1, 4587 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 4588 4589 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 4590 4591 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 4592 }; 4593 4594 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4595 { 4596 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 4597 } 4598 4599 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 4600 { 4601 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 4602 } 4603 4604 /** 4605 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 4606 * 4607 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 4608 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 4609 */ 4610 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4611 { 4612 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 4613 return &wiphy->priv; 4614 } 4615 4616 /** 4617 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 4618 * 4619 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 4620 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 4621 */ 4622 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 4623 { 4624 BUG_ON(!priv); 4625 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 4626 } 4627 4628 /** 4629 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 4630 * 4631 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 4632 * @dev: The device to parent it to 4633 */ 4634 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 4635 { 4636 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 4637 } 4638 4639 /** 4640 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 4641 * 4642 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 4643 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 4644 */ 4645 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4646 { 4647 return wiphy->dev.parent; 4648 } 4649 4650 /** 4651 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 4652 * 4653 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 4654 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 4655 */ 4656 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 4657 { 4658 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 4659 } 4660 4661 /** 4662 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4663 * 4664 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4665 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4666 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 4667 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 4668 * 4669 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4670 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4671 * 4672 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4673 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4674 */ 4675 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 4676 const char *requested_name); 4677 4678 /** 4679 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4680 * 4681 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4682 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4683 * 4684 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4685 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4686 * 4687 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4688 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4689 */ 4690 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 4691 int sizeof_priv) 4692 { 4693 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 4694 } 4695 4696 /** 4697 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 4698 * 4699 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 4700 * 4701 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 4702 */ 4703 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4704 4705 /** 4706 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 4707 * 4708 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 4709 * 4710 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 4711 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 4712 * request that is being handled. 4713 */ 4714 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4715 4716 /** 4717 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 4718 * 4719 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 4720 */ 4721 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4722 4723 /* internal structs */ 4724 struct cfg80211_conn; 4725 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 4726 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 4727 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 4728 4729 /** 4730 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 4731 * 4732 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 4733 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 4734 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 4735 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 4736 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device. 4737 * 4738 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 4739 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 4740 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 4741 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 4742 * 4743 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 4744 * @iftype: interface type 4745 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 4746 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 4747 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 4748 * wireless device if it has no netdev 4749 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4750 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 4751 * the user-set channel definition. 4752 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 4753 * track the channel to be used for AP later 4754 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4755 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4756 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4757 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4758 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4759 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 4760 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 4761 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 4762 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 4763 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 4764 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 4765 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 4766 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 4767 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 4768 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 4769 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 4770 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 4771 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 4772 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 4773 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 4774 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 4775 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 4776 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list 4777 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 4778 * and some API functions require it held 4779 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 4780 * beacons, 0 when not valid 4781 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 4782 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 4783 * the P2P Device. 4784 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 4785 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 4786 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 4787 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 4788 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 4789 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 4790 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 4791 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 4792 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 4793 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 4794 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 4795 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 4796 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 4797 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 4798 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 4799 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 4800 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 4801 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 4802 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 4803 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 4804 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 4805 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 4806 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 4807 */ 4808 struct wireless_dev { 4809 struct wiphy *wiphy; 4810 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4811 4812 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 4813 struct list_head list; 4814 struct net_device *netdev; 4815 4816 u32 identifier; 4817 4818 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 4819 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; 4820 4821 struct mutex mtx; 4822 4823 bool use_4addr, is_running; 4824 4825 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 4826 4827 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 4828 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4829 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 4830 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 4831 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 4832 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 4833 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 4834 4835 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 4836 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4837 4838 struct list_head event_list; 4839 spinlock_t event_lock; 4840 4841 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 4842 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 4843 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4844 4845 bool ibss_fixed; 4846 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 4847 4848 bool ps; 4849 int ps_timeout; 4850 4851 int beacon_interval; 4852 4853 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 4854 4855 u32 owner_nlportid; 4856 bool nl_owner_dead; 4857 4858 bool cac_started; 4859 unsigned long cac_start_time; 4860 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 4861 4862 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4863 /* wext data */ 4864 struct { 4865 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 4866 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 4867 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 4868 const u8 *ie; 4869 size_t ie_len; 4870 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4871 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4872 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4873 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 4874 bool prev_bssid_valid; 4875 } wext; 4876 #endif 4877 4878 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 4879 4880 struct list_head pmsr_list; 4881 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 4882 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 4883 }; 4884 4885 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4886 { 4887 if (wdev->netdev) 4888 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 4889 return wdev->address; 4890 } 4891 4892 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4893 { 4894 if (wdev->netdev) 4895 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 4896 return wdev->is_running; 4897 } 4898 4899 /** 4900 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 4901 * 4902 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 4903 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 4904 */ 4905 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4906 { 4907 BUG_ON(!wdev); 4908 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 4909 } 4910 4911 /** 4912 * DOC: Utility functions 4913 * 4914 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 4915 */ 4916 4917 /** 4918 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 4919 * @chan: channel number 4920 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 4921 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 4922 */ 4923 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 4924 4925 /** 4926 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 4927 * @freq: center frequency 4928 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 4929 */ 4930 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq); 4931 4932 /** 4933 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 4934 * 4935 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 4936 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel 4937 * 4938 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 4939 */ 4940 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq); 4941 4942 /** 4943 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 4944 * 4945 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 4946 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 4947 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 4948 * 4949 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 4950 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 4951 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 4952 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 4953 */ 4954 struct ieee80211_rate * 4955 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 4956 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 4957 4958 /** 4959 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 4960 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 4961 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 4962 * 4963 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 4964 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 4965 */ 4966 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 4967 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 4968 4969 /* 4970 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 4971 * 4972 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 4973 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt 4974 */ 4975 4976 struct radiotap_align_size { 4977 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 4978 }; 4979 4980 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 4981 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 4982 int n_bits; 4983 uint32_t oui; 4984 uint8_t subns; 4985 }; 4986 4987 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 4988 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 4989 int n_ns; 4990 }; 4991 4992 /** 4993 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 4994 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 4995 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 4996 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 4997 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 4998 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 4999 * the beginning of the actual data portion 5000 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 5001 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 5002 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 5003 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 5004 * radiotap namespace or not 5005 * 5006 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 5007 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 5008 * @_arg_index: next argument index 5009 * @_arg: next argument pointer 5010 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 5011 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 5012 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 5013 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 5014 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 5015 * next bitmap word 5016 * 5017 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 5018 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 5019 */ 5020 5021 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 5022 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 5023 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 5024 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 5025 5026 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 5027 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 5028 5029 unsigned char *this_arg; 5030 int this_arg_index; 5031 int this_arg_size; 5032 5033 int is_radiotap_ns; 5034 5035 int _max_length; 5036 int _arg_index; 5037 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 5038 int _reset_on_ext; 5039 }; 5040 5041 int 5042 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5043 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5044 int max_length, 5045 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5046 5047 int 5048 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5049 5050 5051 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5052 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5053 5054 /** 5055 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5056 * 5057 * @skb: the frame 5058 * 5059 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5060 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5061 * 5062 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5063 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5064 * 802.11 header. 5065 */ 5066 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5067 5068 /** 5069 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5070 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5071 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5072 */ 5073 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5074 5075 /** 5076 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5077 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5078 * (first byte) will be accessed 5079 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5080 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5081 */ 5082 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5083 5084 /** 5085 * DOC: Data path helpers 5086 * 5087 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5088 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5089 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5090 */ 5091 5092 /** 5093 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5094 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5095 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5096 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5097 * @addr: the device MAC address 5098 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5099 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5100 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5101 */ 5102 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5103 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5104 u8 data_offset); 5105 5106 /** 5107 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5108 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5109 * @addr: the device MAC address 5110 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5111 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5112 */ 5113 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5114 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5115 { 5116 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0); 5117 } 5118 5119 /** 5120 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5121 * 5122 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5123 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5124 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5125 * 5126 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5127 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5128 * initialized by by the caller. 5129 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5130 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5131 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5132 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5133 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5134 */ 5135 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5136 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5137 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5138 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5139 5140 /** 5141 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5142 * @skb: the data frame 5143 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5144 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5145 */ 5146 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5147 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5148 5149 /** 5150 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5151 * 5152 * @eid: element ID 5153 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5154 * @len: length of data 5155 * @match: byte array to match 5156 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5157 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5158 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5159 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5160 * the data portion instead. 5161 * 5162 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5163 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5164 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5165 * requested element struct. 5166 * 5167 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5168 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5169 * byte array to match. 5170 */ 5171 const struct element * 5172 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5173 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5174 unsigned int match_offset); 5175 5176 /** 5177 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 5178 * 5179 * @eid: element ID 5180 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5181 * @len: length of data 5182 * @match: byte array to match 5183 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5184 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 5185 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 5186 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 5187 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 5188 * the second byte is the IE length. 5189 * 5190 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5191 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5192 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 5193 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5194 * element ID. 5195 * 5196 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5197 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5198 * byte array to match. 5199 */ 5200 static inline const u8 * 5201 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5202 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5203 unsigned int match_offset) 5204 { 5205 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 5206 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 5207 */ 5208 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 5209 (!match_len && match_offset))) 5210 return NULL; 5211 5212 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 5213 match, match_len, 5214 match_offset ? 5215 match_offset - 2 : 0); 5216 } 5217 5218 /** 5219 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 5220 * 5221 * @eid: element ID 5222 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5223 * @len: length of data 5224 * 5225 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5226 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5227 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5228 * requested element struct. 5229 * 5230 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5231 * having to fit into the given data. 5232 */ 5233 static inline const struct element * 5234 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5235 { 5236 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5237 } 5238 5239 /** 5240 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 5241 * 5242 * @eid: element ID 5243 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5244 * @len: length of data 5245 * 5246 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5247 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5248 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5249 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5250 * 5251 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5252 * having to fit into the given data. 5253 */ 5254 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5255 { 5256 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5257 } 5258 5259 /** 5260 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 5261 * 5262 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5263 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5264 * @len: length of data 5265 * 5266 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 5267 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5268 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5269 * requested element struct. 5270 * 5271 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5272 * having to fit into the given data. 5273 */ 5274 static inline const struct element * 5275 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5276 { 5277 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5278 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 5279 } 5280 5281 /** 5282 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 5283 * 5284 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5285 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5286 * @len: length of data 5287 * 5288 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 5289 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5290 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5291 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5292 * 5293 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5294 * having to fit into the given data. 5295 */ 5296 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5297 { 5298 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5299 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 5300 } 5301 5302 /** 5303 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 5304 * 5305 * @oui: vendor OUI 5306 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5307 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5308 * @len: length of data 5309 * 5310 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5311 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 5312 * return the element structure for the requested element. 5313 * 5314 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5315 * the given data. 5316 */ 5317 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5318 const u8 *ies, 5319 unsigned int len); 5320 5321 /** 5322 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 5323 * 5324 * @oui: vendor OUI 5325 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5326 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5327 * @len: length of data 5328 * 5329 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5330 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 5331 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5332 * element ID. 5333 * 5334 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5335 * the given data. 5336 */ 5337 static inline const u8 * 5338 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5339 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 5340 { 5341 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 5342 } 5343 5344 /** 5345 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 5346 * 5347 * @dev: network device 5348 * @addr: STA MAC address 5349 * 5350 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 5351 * devices upon STA association. 5352 */ 5353 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5354 5355 /** 5356 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 5357 * 5358 * TODO 5359 */ 5360 5361 /** 5362 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 5363 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 5364 * conflicts) 5365 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 5366 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 5367 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 5368 * alpha2. 5369 * 5370 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 5371 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 5372 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 5373 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 5374 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 5375 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 5376 * 5377 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 5378 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 5379 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 5380 * 5381 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5382 * an -ENOMEM. 5383 * 5384 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 5385 */ 5386 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 5387 5388 /** 5389 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 5390 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5391 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 5392 * 5393 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 5394 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 5395 * information. 5396 * 5397 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5398 */ 5399 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5400 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5401 5402 /** 5403 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers 5404 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5405 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 5406 * 5407 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain 5408 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see 5409 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 5410 * 5411 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5412 */ 5413 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5414 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5415 5416 /** 5417 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 5418 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5419 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 5420 * 5421 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 5422 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 5423 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 5424 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 5425 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 5426 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 5427 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 5428 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 5429 * that called this helper. 5430 */ 5431 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5432 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 5433 5434 /** 5435 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 5436 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 5437 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 5438 * 5439 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 5440 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 5441 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 5442 * and processed already. 5443 * 5444 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 5445 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 5446 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 5447 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 5448 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 5449 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 5450 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 5451 */ 5452 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5453 u32 center_freq); 5454 5455 /** 5456 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 5457 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 5458 * 5459 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 5460 * proper string representation. 5461 */ 5462 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 5463 5464 /** 5465 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 5466 * 5467 */ 5468 5469 /** 5470 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 5471 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 5472 * 5473 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 5474 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 5475 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 5476 * 5477 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 5478 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 5479 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 5480 * 5481 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5482 * an -ENODATA. 5483 * 5484 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 5485 */ 5486 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 5487 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 5488 5489 /* 5490 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 5491 * functions and BSS handling helpers 5492 */ 5493 5494 /** 5495 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 5496 * 5497 * @request: the corresponding scan request 5498 * @info: information about the completed scan 5499 */ 5500 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 5501 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 5502 5503 /** 5504 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 5505 * 5506 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 5507 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5508 */ 5509 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5510 5511 /** 5512 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5513 * 5514 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5515 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5516 * 5517 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5518 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5519 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5520 */ 5521 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5522 5523 /** 5524 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5525 * 5526 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5527 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5528 * 5529 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5530 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5531 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5532 * This function should be called with rtnl locked. 5533 */ 5534 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5535 5536 /** 5537 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 5538 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5539 * @data: the BSS metadata 5540 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 5541 * @len: length of the management frame 5542 * @gfp: context flags 5543 * 5544 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5545 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5546 * 5547 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5548 * Or %NULL on error. 5549 */ 5550 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5551 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5552 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5553 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5554 gfp_t gfp); 5555 5556 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5557 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5558 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5559 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5560 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5561 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5562 { 5563 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5564 .chan = rx_channel, 5565 .scan_width = scan_width, 5566 .signal = signal, 5567 }; 5568 5569 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5570 } 5571 5572 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5573 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5574 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5575 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5576 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5577 { 5578 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5579 .chan = rx_channel, 5580 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5581 .signal = signal, 5582 }; 5583 5584 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5585 } 5586 5587 /** 5588 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 5589 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 5590 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 5591 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 5592 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 5593 */ 5594 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 5595 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 5596 { 5597 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 5598 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 5599 u64 new_bssid_u64; 5600 5601 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 5602 5603 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 5604 5605 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 5606 } 5607 5608 /** 5609 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 5610 * @element: element to check 5611 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 5612 */ 5613 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 5614 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 5615 5616 /** 5617 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 5618 * @ie: ies 5619 * @ielen: length of IEs 5620 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 5621 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 5622 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 5623 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 5624 */ 5625 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5626 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 5627 const struct element *sub_elem, 5628 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 5629 5630 /** 5631 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 5632 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 5633 * from a beacon or probe response 5634 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 5635 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 5636 */ 5637 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 5638 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 5639 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 5640 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 5641 }; 5642 5643 /** 5644 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 5645 * 5646 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5647 * @data: the BSS metadata 5648 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 5649 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 5650 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 5651 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 5652 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 5653 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 5654 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 5655 * @gfp: context flags 5656 * 5657 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5658 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5659 * 5660 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5661 * Or %NULL on error. 5662 */ 5663 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5664 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5665 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5666 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5667 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5668 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5669 gfp_t gfp); 5670 5671 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5672 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5673 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5674 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5675 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5676 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5677 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5678 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5679 { 5680 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5681 .chan = rx_channel, 5682 .scan_width = scan_width, 5683 .signal = signal, 5684 }; 5685 5686 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5687 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5688 gfp); 5689 } 5690 5691 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5692 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5693 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5694 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5695 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5696 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5697 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5698 { 5699 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5700 .chan = rx_channel, 5701 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5702 .signal = signal, 5703 }; 5704 5705 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5706 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5707 gfp); 5708 } 5709 5710 /** 5711 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 5712 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5713 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 5714 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 5715 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 5716 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 5717 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 5718 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 5719 */ 5720 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5721 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5722 const u8 *bssid, 5723 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 5724 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 5725 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 5726 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 5727 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5728 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5729 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 5730 { 5731 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 5732 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 5733 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 5734 } 5735 5736 /** 5737 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 5738 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5739 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 5740 * 5741 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5742 */ 5743 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5744 5745 /** 5746 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 5747 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5748 * @bss: the BSS struct 5749 * 5750 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5751 */ 5752 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5753 5754 /** 5755 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 5756 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5757 * @bss: the bss to remove 5758 * 5759 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 5760 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 5761 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 5762 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 5763 */ 5764 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5765 5766 /** 5767 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 5768 * 5769 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 5770 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 5771 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 5772 * 5773 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5774 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 5775 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 5776 * @iter: the iterator function to call 5777 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 5778 */ 5779 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5780 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 5781 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5782 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5783 void *data), 5784 void *iter_data); 5785 5786 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 5787 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 5788 { 5789 switch (chandef->width) { 5790 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5791 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 5792 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 5793 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 5794 default: 5795 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 5796 } 5797 } 5798 5799 /** 5800 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 5801 * @dev: network device 5802 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 5803 * @len: length of the frame data 5804 * 5805 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 5806 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 5807 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 5808 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5809 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5810 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5811 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 5812 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 5813 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 5814 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 5815 * 5816 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5817 */ 5818 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5819 5820 /** 5821 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 5822 * @dev: network device 5823 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 5824 * 5825 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 5826 * mutex. 5827 */ 5828 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5829 5830 /** 5831 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 5832 * @dev: network device 5833 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 5834 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 5835 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 5836 * @len: length of the frame data 5837 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 5838 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 5839 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 5840 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 5841 * 5842 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5843 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5844 * 5845 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5846 */ 5847 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 5848 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5849 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 5850 int uapsd_queues, 5851 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 5852 5853 /** 5854 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 5855 * @dev: network device 5856 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 5857 * 5858 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5859 */ 5860 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5861 5862 /** 5863 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 5864 * @dev: network device 5865 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 5866 * 5867 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 5868 * an association attempt was abandoned. 5869 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5870 */ 5871 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5872 5873 /** 5874 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 5875 * @dev: network device 5876 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 5877 * @len: length of the frame data 5878 * 5879 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 5880 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 5881 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 5882 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 5883 */ 5884 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5885 5886 /** 5887 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 5888 * @dev: network device 5889 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body) 5890 * @len: length of the frame data 5891 * 5892 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 5893 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 5894 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. 5895 */ 5896 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 5897 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5898 5899 /** 5900 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 5901 * @dev: network device 5902 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 5903 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 5904 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 5905 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 5906 * @gfp: allocation flags 5907 * 5908 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 5909 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 5910 * primitive. 5911 */ 5912 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 5913 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 5914 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 5915 5916 /** 5917 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 5918 * 5919 * @dev: network device 5920 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 5921 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 5922 * @gfp: allocation flags 5923 * 5924 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 5925 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 5926 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 5927 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 5928 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 5929 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 5930 */ 5931 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 5932 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 5933 5934 /** 5935 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate 5936 * 5937 * @dev: network device 5938 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 5939 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 5940 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 5941 * @gfp: allocation flags 5942 * 5943 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 5944 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 5945 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 5946 */ 5947 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 5948 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 5949 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 5950 5951 /** 5952 * DOC: RFkill integration 5953 * 5954 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 5955 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 5956 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 5957 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 5958 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 5959 * 5960 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 5961 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 5962 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 5963 */ 5964 5965 /** 5966 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 5967 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5968 * @blocked: block status 5969 */ 5970 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); 5971 5972 /** 5973 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 5974 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5975 */ 5976 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5977 5978 /** 5979 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 5980 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5981 */ 5982 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5983 5984 /** 5985 * DOC: Vendor commands 5986 * 5987 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 5988 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 5989 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 5990 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 5991 * the configuration mechanism. 5992 * 5993 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 5994 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 5995 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 5996 * 5997 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 5998 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 5999 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 6000 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 6001 * managers etc. need. 6002 */ 6003 6004 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6005 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6006 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6007 int approxlen); 6008 6009 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6010 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6011 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6012 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6013 unsigned int portid, 6014 int vendor_event_idx, 6015 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 6016 6017 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 6018 6019 /** 6020 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 6021 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6022 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6023 * be put into the skb 6024 * 6025 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6026 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6027 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 6028 * 6029 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 6030 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6031 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6032 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6033 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6034 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 6035 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 6036 * 6037 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 6038 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 6039 * 6040 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6041 */ 6042 static inline struct sk_buff * 6043 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6044 { 6045 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6046 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 6047 } 6048 6049 /** 6050 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 6051 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6052 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 6053 * 6054 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6055 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 6056 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 6057 * skb regardless of the return value. 6058 * 6059 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6060 */ 6061 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 6062 6063 /** 6064 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender 6065 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6066 * 6067 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6068 * Valid to call only there. 6069 */ 6070 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6071 6072 /** 6073 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6074 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6075 * @wdev: the wireless device 6076 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6077 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6078 * be put into the skb 6079 * @gfp: allocation flags 6080 * 6081 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6082 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6083 * 6084 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6085 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6086 * attribute. 6087 * 6088 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6089 * skb to send the event. 6090 * 6091 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6092 */ 6093 static inline struct sk_buff * 6094 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6095 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6096 { 6097 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6098 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6099 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6100 } 6101 6102 /** 6103 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6104 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6105 * @wdev: the wireless device 6106 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6107 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6108 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6109 * be put into the skb 6110 * @gfp: allocation flags 6111 * 6112 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6113 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6114 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 6115 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 6116 * 6117 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6118 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6119 * attribute. 6120 * 6121 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6122 * skb to send the event. 6123 * 6124 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6125 */ 6126 static inline struct sk_buff * 6127 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6128 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6129 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 6130 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6131 { 6132 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6133 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6134 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6135 } 6136 6137 /** 6138 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 6139 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 6140 * @gfp: allocation flags 6141 * 6142 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6143 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 6144 */ 6145 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6146 { 6147 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6148 } 6149 6150 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 6151 /** 6152 * DOC: Test mode 6153 * 6154 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 6155 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 6156 * factory programming. 6157 * 6158 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 6159 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 6160 */ 6161 6162 /** 6163 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 6164 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6165 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6166 * be put into the skb 6167 * 6168 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6169 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6170 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 6171 * 6172 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 6173 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6174 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6175 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6176 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6177 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 6178 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 6179 * 6180 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 6181 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 6182 * 6183 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6184 */ 6185 static inline struct sk_buff * 6186 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6187 { 6188 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6189 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 6190 } 6191 6192 /** 6193 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 6194 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6195 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 6196 * 6197 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6198 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 6199 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 6200 * regardless of the return value. 6201 * 6202 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6203 */ 6204 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 6205 { 6206 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 6207 } 6208 6209 /** 6210 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 6211 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6212 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6213 * be put into the skb 6214 * @gfp: allocation flags 6215 * 6216 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6217 * testmode multicast group. 6218 * 6219 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 6220 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 6221 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 6222 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 6223 * in any other way. 6224 * 6225 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 6226 * skb to send the event. 6227 * 6228 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6229 */ 6230 static inline struct sk_buff * 6231 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 6232 { 6233 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6234 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 6235 approxlen, gfp); 6236 } 6237 6238 /** 6239 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 6240 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6241 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 6242 * @gfp: allocation flags 6243 * 6244 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6245 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 6246 * consumes it. 6247 */ 6248 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6249 { 6250 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6251 } 6252 6253 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 6254 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 6255 #else 6256 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 6257 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 6258 #endif 6259 6260 /** 6261 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 6262 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 6263 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 6264 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 6265 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 6266 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 6267 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 6268 * status for a FILS connection. 6269 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6270 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 6271 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 6272 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6273 */ 6274 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 6275 const u8 *kek; 6276 size_t kek_len; 6277 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 6278 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 6279 const u8 *pmk; 6280 size_t pmk_len; 6281 const u8 *pmkid; 6282 }; 6283 6284 /** 6285 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 6286 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6287 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6288 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6289 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6290 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6291 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6292 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6293 * case. 6294 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 6295 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6296 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6297 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6298 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6299 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6300 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6301 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 6302 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 6303 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6304 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 6305 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 6306 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6307 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6308 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6309 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6310 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6311 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6312 */ 6313 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 6314 int status; 6315 const u8 *bssid; 6316 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6317 const u8 *req_ie; 6318 size_t req_ie_len; 6319 const u8 *resp_ie; 6320 size_t resp_ie_len; 6321 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6322 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 6323 }; 6324 6325 /** 6326 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6327 * 6328 * @dev: network device 6329 * @params: connection response parameters 6330 * @gfp: allocation flags 6331 * 6332 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6333 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6334 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 6335 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 6336 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 6337 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6338 */ 6339 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 6340 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 6341 gfp_t gfp); 6342 6343 /** 6344 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6345 * 6346 * @dev: network device 6347 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6348 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6349 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6350 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6351 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6352 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6353 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6354 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6355 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6356 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6357 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6358 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6359 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6360 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6361 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6362 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6363 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6364 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6365 * case. 6366 * @gfp: allocation flags 6367 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6368 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6369 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6370 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6371 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6372 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6373 * 6374 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6375 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6376 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 6377 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 6378 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6379 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6380 */ 6381 static inline void 6382 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6383 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 6384 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 6385 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 6386 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6387 { 6388 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 6389 6390 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 6391 params.status = status; 6392 params.bssid = bssid; 6393 params.bss = bss; 6394 params.req_ie = req_ie; 6395 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 6396 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 6397 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 6398 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 6399 6400 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 6401 } 6402 6403 /** 6404 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6405 * 6406 * @dev: network device 6407 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6408 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6409 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6410 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6411 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6412 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6413 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6414 * the real status code for failures. 6415 * @gfp: allocation flags 6416 * 6417 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6418 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6419 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 6420 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6421 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6422 */ 6423 static inline void 6424 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6425 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 6426 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 6427 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 6428 { 6429 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 6430 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 6431 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 6432 } 6433 6434 /** 6435 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 6436 * 6437 * @dev: network device 6438 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6439 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6440 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6441 * @gfp: allocation flags 6442 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 6443 * 6444 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 6445 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 6446 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 6447 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 6448 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 6449 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6450 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6451 */ 6452 static inline void 6453 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6454 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 6455 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6456 { 6457 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 6458 gfp, timeout_reason); 6459 } 6460 6461 /** 6462 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 6463 * 6464 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 6465 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 6466 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 6467 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6468 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6469 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6470 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6471 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 6472 */ 6473 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 6474 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 6475 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6476 const u8 *bssid; 6477 const u8 *req_ie; 6478 size_t req_ie_len; 6479 const u8 *resp_ie; 6480 size_t resp_ie_len; 6481 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6482 }; 6483 6484 /** 6485 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 6486 * 6487 * @dev: network device 6488 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 6489 * @gfp: allocation flags 6490 * 6491 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 6492 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 6493 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 6494 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 6495 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 6496 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 6497 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 6498 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 6499 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 6500 * released while diconneting from the current bss. 6501 */ 6502 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 6503 gfp_t gfp); 6504 6505 /** 6506 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 6507 * 6508 * @dev: network device 6509 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6510 * @gfp: allocation flags 6511 * 6512 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 6513 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 6514 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 6515 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 6516 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 6517 * indicate the 802.11 association. 6518 */ 6519 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6520 gfp_t gfp); 6521 6522 /** 6523 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 6524 * 6525 * @dev: network device 6526 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 6527 * @ie_len: length of IEs 6528 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 6529 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 6530 * @gfp: allocation flags 6531 * 6532 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 6533 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 6534 */ 6535 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 6536 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 6537 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 6538 6539 /** 6540 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 6541 * @wdev: wireless device 6542 * @cookie: the request cookie 6543 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6544 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 6545 * channel 6546 * @gfp: allocation flags 6547 */ 6548 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6549 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6550 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 6551 6552 /** 6553 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 6554 * @wdev: wireless device 6555 * @cookie: the request cookie 6556 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6557 * @gfp: allocation flags 6558 */ 6559 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6560 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6561 gfp_t gfp); 6562 6563 /** 6564 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 6565 * @wdev: wireless device 6566 * @cookie: the requested cookie 6567 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 6568 * @gfp: allocation flags 6569 */ 6570 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6571 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 6572 6573 /** 6574 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 6575 * 6576 * @sinfo: the station information 6577 * @gfp: allocation flags 6578 */ 6579 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6580 6581 /** 6582 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 6583 * @sinfo: the station information 6584 * 6585 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 6586 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 6587 * the stack.) 6588 */ 6589 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 6590 { 6591 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 6592 } 6593 6594 /** 6595 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 6596 * 6597 * @dev: the netdev 6598 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6599 * @sinfo: the station information 6600 * @gfp: allocation flags 6601 */ 6602 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6603 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6604 6605 /** 6606 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6607 * @dev: the netdev 6608 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6609 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 6610 * @gfp: allocation flags 6611 */ 6612 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6613 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6614 6615 /** 6616 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6617 * 6618 * @dev: the netdev 6619 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6620 * @gfp: allocation flags 6621 */ 6622 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 6623 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 6624 { 6625 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 6626 } 6627 6628 /** 6629 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 6630 * 6631 * @dev: the netdev 6632 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6633 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 6634 * @gfp: allocation flags 6635 * 6636 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 6637 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 6638 * for some reasons, this function is called. 6639 * 6640 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 6641 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 6642 */ 6643 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6644 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 6645 gfp_t gfp); 6646 6647 /** 6648 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 6649 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6650 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 6651 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6652 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6653 * @len: length of the frame data 6654 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 6655 * 6656 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 6657 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 6658 * 6659 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 6660 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 6661 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 6662 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 6663 */ 6664 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 6665 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 6666 6667 /** 6668 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 6669 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6670 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 6671 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6672 * @len: length of the frame data 6673 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 6674 * @gfp: context flags 6675 * 6676 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 6677 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 6678 * transmission attempt. 6679 */ 6680 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6681 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 6682 6683 6684 /** 6685 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 6686 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6687 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 6688 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 6689 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 6690 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 6691 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 6692 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 6693 * 6694 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 6695 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 6696 * control port frames over nl80211. 6697 * 6698 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 6699 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 6700 * 6701 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 6702 */ 6703 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 6704 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 6705 6706 /** 6707 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 6708 * @dev: network device 6709 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 6710 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 6711 * @gfp: context flags 6712 * 6713 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 6714 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 6715 */ 6716 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6717 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 6718 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 6719 6720 /** 6721 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 6722 * @dev: network device 6723 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6724 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 6725 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 6726 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 6727 * @gfp: context flags 6728 */ 6729 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6730 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 6731 6732 /** 6733 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 6734 * @dev: network device 6735 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6736 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 6737 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 6738 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 6739 * @gfp: context flags 6740 * 6741 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 6742 * given interval is exceeded. 6743 */ 6744 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6745 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 6746 6747 /** 6748 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 6749 * @dev: network device 6750 * @gfp: context flags 6751 * 6752 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 6753 */ 6754 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 6755 6756 /** 6757 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 6758 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6759 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6760 * @gfp: context flags 6761 * 6762 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 6763 */ 6764 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6765 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); 6766 6767 /** 6768 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 6769 * @dev: network device 6770 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 6771 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 6772 * @gfp: context flags 6773 * 6774 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 6775 * frame. 6776 */ 6777 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 6778 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 6779 gfp_t gfp); 6780 6781 /** 6782 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 6783 * @netdev: network device 6784 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6785 * @event: type of event 6786 * @gfp: context flags 6787 * 6788 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 6789 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 6790 * also by full-MAC drivers. 6791 */ 6792 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 6793 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6794 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 6795 6796 6797 /** 6798 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 6799 * @dev: network device 6800 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 6801 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 6802 * @gfp: allocation flags 6803 */ 6804 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6805 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 6806 6807 /** 6808 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 6809 * @dev: network device 6810 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 6811 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 6812 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 6813 * @gfp: allocation flags 6814 */ 6815 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 6816 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 6817 6818 /** 6819 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 6820 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6821 * @addr: the transmitter address 6822 * @gfp: context flags 6823 * 6824 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6825 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 6826 * sender. 6827 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6828 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6829 */ 6830 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6831 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6832 6833 /** 6834 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 6835 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6836 * @addr: the transmitter address 6837 * @gfp: context flags 6838 * 6839 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6840 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 6841 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 6842 * station to avoid event flooding. 6843 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6844 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6845 */ 6846 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6847 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6848 6849 /** 6850 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 6851 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 6852 * @addr: the address of the peer 6853 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 6854 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 6855 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 6856 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 6857 * @gfp: allocation flags 6858 */ 6859 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6860 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 6861 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 6862 6863 /** 6864 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 6865 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 6866 * @frame: the frame 6867 * @len: length of the frame 6868 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 6869 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6870 * 6871 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 6872 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 6873 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 6874 */ 6875 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6876 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 6877 int freq, int sig_dbm); 6878 6879 /** 6880 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 6881 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6882 * @chandef: the channel definition 6883 * @iftype: interface type 6884 * 6885 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6886 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 6887 */ 6888 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6889 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6890 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 6891 6892 /** 6893 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 6894 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6895 * @chandef: the channel definition 6896 * @iftype: interface type 6897 * 6898 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6899 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 6900 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 6901 * more permissive conditions. 6902 * 6903 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 6904 */ 6905 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6906 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6907 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 6908 6909 /* 6910 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 6911 * @dev: the device which switched channels 6912 * @chandef: the new channel definition 6913 * 6914 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 6915 * driver context! 6916 */ 6917 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6918 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 6919 6920 /* 6921 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 6922 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 6923 * @chandef: the future channel definition 6924 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 6925 * 6926 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 6927 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 6928 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 6929 */ 6930 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6931 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6932 u8 count); 6933 6934 /** 6935 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 6936 * 6937 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 6938 * @band: band pointer to fill 6939 * 6940 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 6941 */ 6942 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 6943 enum nl80211_band *band); 6944 6945 /** 6946 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 6947 * 6948 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 6949 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 6950 * 6951 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 6952 */ 6953 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6954 u8 *op_class); 6955 6956 /* 6957 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 6958 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 6959 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 6960 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 6961 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 6962 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 6963 * @gfp: allocation flags 6964 * 6965 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 6966 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 6967 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 6968 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 6969 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 6970 */ 6971 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6972 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 6973 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 6974 6975 /* 6976 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 6977 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 6978 * 6979 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 6980 */ 6981 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 6982 6983 /** 6984 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 6985 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 6986 * 6987 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned, 6988 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that 6989 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function 6990 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by 6991 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also 6992 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. 6993 * when the device is unbound from the driver. 6994 * 6995 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 6996 */ 6997 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 6998 6999 /** 7000 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements 7001 * @ies: FT IEs 7002 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 7003 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 7004 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 7005 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 7006 */ 7007 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 7008 const u8 *ies; 7009 size_t ies_len; 7010 const u8 *target_ap; 7011 const u8 *ric_ies; 7012 size_t ric_ies_len; 7013 }; 7014 7015 /** 7016 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 7017 * @netdev: network device 7018 * @ft_event: IE information 7019 */ 7020 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7021 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 7022 7023 /** 7024 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 7025 * @ies: the input IE buffer 7026 * @len: the input length 7027 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 7028 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 7029 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 7030 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 7031 * 7032 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 7033 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 7034 * 7035 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 7036 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 7037 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 7038 */ 7039 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7040 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 7041 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 7042 7043 /** 7044 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 7045 * @ies: the IE buffer 7046 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7047 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7048 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7049 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7050 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7051 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 7052 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 7053 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7054 * 7055 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7056 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7057 * split. 7058 * 7059 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7060 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7061 * 7062 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7063 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7064 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7065 * 7066 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7067 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7068 * of the buffer should be used. 7069 */ 7070 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7071 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 7072 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 7073 size_t offset); 7074 7075 /** 7076 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 7077 * @ies: the IE buffer 7078 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7079 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7080 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7081 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7082 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7083 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7084 * 7085 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7086 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7087 * split. 7088 * 7089 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7090 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7091 * 7092 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7093 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7094 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7095 * 7096 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7097 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7098 * of the buffer should be used. 7099 */ 7100 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7101 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 7102 { 7103 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 7104 } 7105 7106 /** 7107 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 7108 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 7109 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 7110 * @gfp: allocation flags 7111 * 7112 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 7113 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 7114 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 7115 * else caused the wakeup. 7116 */ 7117 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7118 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 7119 gfp_t gfp); 7120 7121 /** 7122 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 7123 * 7124 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 7125 * @gfp: allocation flags 7126 * 7127 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 7128 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 7129 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 7130 */ 7131 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 7132 7133 /** 7134 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 7135 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7136 * 7137 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 7138 */ 7139 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7140 7141 /** 7142 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 7143 * 7144 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7145 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7146 * 7147 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 7148 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 7149 * the interface combinations. 7150 */ 7151 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7152 struct iface_combination_params *params); 7153 7154 /** 7155 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 7156 * 7157 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7158 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7159 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 7160 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 7161 * 7162 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 7163 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 7164 * purposes. 7165 */ 7166 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7167 struct iface_combination_params *params, 7168 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 7169 void *data), 7170 void *data); 7171 7172 /* 7173 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 7174 * 7175 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7176 * @wdev: wireless device 7177 * @gfp: context flags 7178 * 7179 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 7180 * disconnected. 7181 * 7182 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 7183 */ 7184 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7185 gfp_t gfp); 7186 7187 /** 7188 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 7189 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 7190 * 7191 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 7192 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 7193 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 7194 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 7195 * 7196 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 7197 * the driver while the function is running. 7198 */ 7199 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7200 7201 /** 7202 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 7203 * 7204 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7205 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7206 * 7207 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7208 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7209 */ 7210 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7211 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7212 { 7213 u8 *ft_byte; 7214 7215 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7216 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 7217 } 7218 7219 /** 7220 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 7221 * 7222 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7223 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7224 * 7225 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7226 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7227 */ 7228 static inline bool 7229 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7230 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7231 { 7232 u8 ft_byte; 7233 7234 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7235 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 7236 } 7237 7238 /** 7239 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 7240 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 7241 * 7242 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 7243 */ 7244 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 7245 7246 /** 7247 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 7248 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 7249 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 7250 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 7251 * result. 7252 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 7253 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7254 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 7255 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 7256 * @info_len: the length of the &info 7257 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 7258 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 7259 */ 7260 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 7261 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 7262 u8 inst_id; 7263 u8 peer_inst_id; 7264 const u8 *addr; 7265 u8 info_len; 7266 const u8 *info; 7267 u64 cookie; 7268 }; 7269 7270 /** 7271 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 7272 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7273 * @match: match notification parameters 7274 * @gfp: allocation flags 7275 * 7276 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 7277 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 7278 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 7279 */ 7280 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7281 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 7282 7283 /** 7284 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 7285 * 7286 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7287 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7288 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 7289 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 7290 * @gfp: allocation flags 7291 * 7292 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 7293 */ 7294 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7295 u8 inst_id, 7296 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 7297 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 7298 7299 /* ethtool helper */ 7300 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 7301 7302 /** 7303 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 7304 * @netdev: network device 7305 * @params: External authentication parameters 7306 * @gfp: allocation flags 7307 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 7308 */ 7309 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 7310 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 7311 gfp_t gfp); 7312 7313 /** 7314 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 7315 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7316 * @req: the original measurement request 7317 * @result: the result data 7318 * @gfp: allocation flags 7319 */ 7320 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7321 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7322 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 7323 gfp_t gfp); 7324 7325 /** 7326 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 7327 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7328 * @req: the original measurement request 7329 * @gfp: allocation flags 7330 * 7331 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 7332 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 7333 */ 7334 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7335 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7336 gfp_t gfp); 7337 7338 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 7339 7340 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 7341 7342 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 7343 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7344 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7345 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7346 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7347 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7348 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7349 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7350 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7351 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7352 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7353 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7354 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7355 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7356 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7357 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7358 7359 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7360 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7361 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7362 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7363 7364 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7365 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 7366 7367 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7368 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7369 7370 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 7371 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 7372 #else 7373 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7374 ({ \ 7375 if (0) \ 7376 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 7377 0; \ 7378 }) 7379 #endif 7380 7381 /* 7382 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 7383 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 7384 * file/line information and a backtrace. 7385 */ 7386 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7387 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 7388 7389 /** 7390 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 7391 * @netdev: network device 7392 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 7393 * @gfp: allocation flags 7394 */ 7395 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7396 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 7397 gfp_t gfp); 7398 7399 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 7400